Sei sulla pagina 1di 236

Membra a grupului:

VACUUM PUMPS AND PUMPSETS

AC V

DU

CT

UU

PR

M G

S PE CI AL

EN ER O AT

RY

RS

ST

AN

IN

CATALOG VACUUM
[vacuumsolution]

DU

D EJ

H IC

E
C TO

AP

RS

FO

CT O

PS

PU

PU

VA C

IN

UM

LO

IF T

D AN

IN

G SYSTEMS PNEUMATIC SUCTION

Mont Blanc

str. Dacia nr.10, Iasi, RO-700259 Tel: 0232-230 200 Fax: 0232-230 206 www.mont-blanc.ro office@mont-blanc.ro

[Index]

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Vacuum cups

Vacuum cup holders

Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment

Vacuum valves and solenoid valves

Suction filters

Fittings and hose for vacuum

Vacuum pumps and pumpsets

Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets

The OCTOPUS Vacuum Lifting System

Graphic Division

Special products

<<

[Vacuum cups]

[Cups] 1

Cups -General description Cups Cups with support Special cups with vulcanized support Flat circular cups Flat circular cups with support Special cups Special cups with support Flat rectangular cups Flat rectangular cups with support Bellows cups Bellows cups with support Bellows cups with vulcanized support 110 250 Special cups for cylindrical bodies Special cups 110 360 Foam rubber cups Foam rubber cups with support Special cups 220 Foam rubber sheets and strips Special cups Special bellows cups Special cups with support Special bellows cups with support Self-locking cups with traction release Built-in cups with ball valve Special built-in cups, with ball valve Supports with retractable reference pin Cups with self-locking support Cups with ball valve and self-locking support Cups with ball valve and self-locking support for glass and marble Cups with ball valve and high self-locking support for glass and marble Cups with ball valve and self-locking support, for glass Cups with ball valve, self-locking support and release button, for glass Circular cups with ball valve, self-locking support and release button Rectangular cups with ball valve, self-locking support and release button

page 1.00 page 1.01 page 1.02 page 1.03 - 1.04 page 1.05 page 1.06 page 1.07 page 1.08 page 1.09 page 1.10 page 1.11 - 1.13 - 1.15 page 1.12 - 1.14 - 1.16 page 1.17 page 1.18 page 1.19 - 1.20 page 1.21 page 1.22 page 1.23 page 1.24 page 1.25 1.30 page 1.31 1.33 page 1.34 1.39 page 1.40 1.43 page 1.44 page 1.45 - 1.46 page 1.47 page 1.48 page 1.49 - 1.51 page 1.50 - 1.52 page page page page page page 1.53 - 1.54 1.55 -1.56 1.57 1.58 1.59 1.60-1.61

<

>

[Cups General description]

OIL-RESISTANT RUBBER

TECHNICAL DATA

It is an excellent compound with 60 Shore The holding force of the cups has been calculated hardness, resistant to oils, greases, hydrocarbons using the following formula: and gases; besides the above chemical-physical Force = S x P features, this compound also has very good mechanical properties which make it suitable to Where: S = Surface area of the cup, support hard works such as tearings, bucklings, expressed in sqcm strokes etc. It is able to withstand maximum P = Force exerted by the atmospheric temperatures of 6070C. pressure expressed in kg/sqcm. = Safety Factor NATURAL PARA RUBBER Compound with 45 Shore hardness. Compared to the oil-resistant rubber, it is extremely flexible, for this reason it is suitable to solve difficult grip problems like irregular shapes or surfaces. Chemical-physical properties are not as good as the ones of the oil-resistant rubber as for example, this cannot be used in contact with oils or greases but, compared to this, it has much better mechanical features. It can withstand, without alterations, maximum temperatures of 5060C. SAFETY FACTOR: Our cups have been designed to theoretically hold a load equal to three times of the value of the force shown in the tables. The stated figures have been obtained based on the following: P = 0,75 kg/sqcm , value created by a vacuum level of 750 mbar = 3; safety factor, valid when the grip plane of the cups is horizontal. For example, a cup 60 mm (Art. 01 60 10), which has a surface area, S, of 28,26 sqcm , will obtain the following holding force using this calculation:

Cups are vacuum accessories which are essential where there is a problem to lift or to manipulate things, plates of other bodies, difficult to grip with traditional holding systems, because they have no grips or they are breakable or because they can easily be deformed. When cups are correctly applied, they can assure simplicity, economy, safety, which are the essential conditions for a perfect carrying out of any automation. Our cups are manufactured by compression under vacuum and they can be supplied in different compounds, the most common being:

SILICONE Force = 28.26 x 0.75 = Kg. 7,06 Compound with 45 Shore hardness. Due to its 3 chemical-physical properties, it can be used in contact with oils, hydrocarbons and gases, like the This is based upon the following conditions: oil-resistant rubber; due to its excellent flexibility, A vacuum level of 750 mbar, equal to 0,75 kg/sqcm. it can be used to handle loads with irregular shapes Horizontal grip plane of the cups. or surfaces, like the natural para rubber; due to its A non-porous load and with regular grip surface. high heat resistance, it is used in contact with surfaces having temperatures up to 250C. SPECIAL CASES: Compared to the previously described compounds, All those cases where: silicone rubber has a poor mechanical resistance. The grip plane of the cups is vertical. The load to be held is porous. The holding surface is very rough or irregular. SPECIAL COMPOUNDS The speed of handling is very high. Upon request cups can be supplied in ANTISTATIC, NON-MARKING, EPDM, VITON, POLYURETHANE and The value of the safety factor must be increased VULKOLLAN compounds as well as in special for each of the above conditions. compounds able to withstand any kind of fluid and Contact our technical department for advice on temperatures up to 400C. non-standard lifting applications. We would like to emphasise the quality of our vacuum cups. All cups produced by us have a ground lip, which assures a perfect vacuum seal also with a minimum contact and, in order to keep unaltered in the time their properties, they are subjected to a special stabilization process exclusive to us. APPEARANCE: Oil-resistant rubber and natural rubber is black (except the natural para rubber cups, non-aged artificially, which are dark yellow); the cups in silicone can be supplied in white, translucent or red. The cups made of special compounds are green, brown, grey, ivory or blue.

[Cups]

1.00

<

>

[Cups]

Traditional cups, designed in the typical cup shape and with diameters ranging from 4 to 85 mm; they are normally made with natural para rubber with 45 Shore hardness, oil-resistant rubber with 60 Shore hardness, stabilized silicone with 45 Shore hardness and, upon request, with special compounds which are able to withstand extremely high temperatures or corrosive fluids.

Art.
01 04 10 01 05 10 01 06 10 01 08 10 01 09 07 01 10 10 01 12 10 01 15 10 01 18 10 01 20 10 01 22 10 01 25 10 01 25 15 01 30 10 01 30 15 01 35 10 01 35 15 01 40 15 01 45 10 01 45 15 01 60 10 01 85 10

Force Kg.
0.03 0.05 0.07 0.12 0.15 0.19 0.28 0.44 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.23 1.76 1.76 2.40 2.40 3.14 3.98 3.98 7.06 14.18

A
7.5 8.0 8.0 8.0 7.0 11.0 11.0 12.0 12.0 12.0 13.0 8.0 16.0 8.0 17.0 8.0 16.0 18.0 18.0 23.0 22.0 41.0

B
3 3 3 5 5 7 8 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12 15 15 15 15 15 25

C
1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 15.0

D
4 5 6 8 9 10 12 15 18 20 22 25 25 30 30 35 35 40 45 45 60 85

E
6.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.5 8.5 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 8.0 2.0 10.0 1.0 10.0 1.0 10.0 10.0 5.0 10.0 4.0 16.0

F
--------------------25 25

G
7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 6.0 7.0 9.0 9.5 9.5 9.5 10.0 3.5 11.5 3.5 12.5 3.5 11.5 12.5 9.5 14.5 ---

H
--------------------10 23

I
--------------------2.5 4.0

[Cups]

1.01

<

>

[Cups with support]

They are the same cups of the series 01 ..10, cold assembled, without any adhesive, on a proper support in nickel-plated brass or in anodized aluminium. The support, suitably shaped in order to perfectly stick to the cup, has a stem or a threaded hole to facilitate the fastening to the machine. The cup replacement is an extremely easy operation. As a spare part it is sufficient to request the cup corresponding to the diameter of the series 01 ..10.

Art.
08 25 10 08 25 11 08 30 10 08 30 11 08 35 10 08 35 11 08 45 10 08 45 11 08 60 10 08 60 11 08 85 10

Force Kg.
1.23 1.23 1.76 1.76 2.40 2.40 3.98 3.98 7.06 7.06 14.18

A
18 18 18 18 18 18 32 32 36 36 55

B
M6 1/8 M6 1/8 M6 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/8 1/4

C
------10 -10 -12

D
25 25 30 30 35 35 45 45 60 60 85

E
10 10 10 10 10 10 14 14 14 14 14

F
3.5 4.0 3.5 4.0 3.5 4.0 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 8.0

G
--------2.5 2.5 4.0

H
--------10 10 23

I
12 12 12 12 12 12 25 25 ----

L
--------25 25 25

M
------M8 -M8 -M8

SW
3 4 3 4 3 4 8 8 8 8 8

[Cups]

1.02

<

>

[Special cups with support]

Designed and manufactured for the purpose of handling stamped or drawn plates, these cups are used predominately in the motor field. They have a ground lip, which permits an immediate grip of the load to be lifted as soon as contact is made and assures a perfect vacuum seal. These cups are produced in a special compound called BENZ, able to withstand chlorine usually contained in the oils for the stamping and drawing of plates. The support is zinc-plated steel and is vulcanized on the cup. They are available in the three series of compounds.

Art.
08 50 40 08 75 40 08 100 40 08 100 50 08 50 40F 08 75 40F 08 100 40F 08 100 50F

Force Kg.
4.90 11.04 19.62 19.62 4.90 11.04 19.62 19.62

A
29.0 38.0 39.0 43.5 32.5 41.5 42.5 47.0

B
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

C
16.0 25.0 26.0 30.5 16.0 25.0 26.0 30.5

D
50 75 100 100 50 75 100 100

E
13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5

F
6.5 9.0 9.0 15.0 6.5 9.0 9.0 15.0

G
31 31 32 32 31 31 32 32

[Cups]

1.03

<

>

[Special cups with support]

These cups are similar to the ones described on the previous page: they are different for the round shape of the lip and the inside cleats. These features in design permit the use of these cups in particularly heavy conditions. They are used in the same field. They are also made of BENZ compound and the support, in zinc plated steel, is vulcanized on the cup. These cups are available in the three series of compound.

Art.
08 50 99 08 75 99 08 100 99 08 50 99F 08 75 99F 08 100 99F

Force Kg.
4.90 11.04 19.62 4.90 11.04 19.62

A
36.5 36.5 53.0 40.0 40.0 56.5

B
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

C
23.5 23.5 40.0 23.5 23.5 40.0

D
50 75 100 50 75 100

E
13.0 13.0 13.0 16.5 16.5 16.5

F
9 9 12 9 9 12

G
35 35 35 35 35 35

[Cups]

1.04

<

>

[Cups]

Flat cups, having an original shape, particularly studied for handling plates, glasses, wood panels, machined marbles and granites and similar loads. The shape of their low vertical lip, allows a firm grip on the surface of the load to be handled, it eliminates any oscillation and considerably reduces the volume of air therein contained, allowing a quicker grip and detachment. These cups are provided with cleats which, besides a voiding the load to bend in correspondence of the grip point, also have the purpose to increase the friction surface with the load vertically lifted, in order to avoid its slip. Normally they are available in three standard compounds but, upon request, they can be supplied in special compounds and in different grades of hardness.

Art.
01 65 01 85 01 110 01 150 01 250 15 15 10 10 20

Force Kg.
8.29 14.18 23.74 45.00 122.60

A
68 68 96 133 235

B
63 63 91 125 227

C
59 59 87 118 220

D
65 85 114 154 254

E
27 27 54 64 220

F
3 3 3 4 4

G
8 8 8 11 11

H
17 17 17 23 23

[Cups]

1.05

<

>

[Cups with support]

These cups are the same as previously described, cold assembled, without any adhesive, on a proper support in anticorodal aluminium. The support has a central threaded hole to facilitate fastening to the machine and, upon request, it can be supplied with a side hole with gas thread for the suction fitting. As a spare part it is sufficient to request only the cup corresponding to the diameter of the series 016515 - 018515 - 0111010 - 0115010 0125020.

Art.
08 65 15 08 65 16 08 65 17 08 85 15 08 85 16 08 85 17 08 110 10 08 110 11 08 110 12 08 110 13 08 150 10 08 150 16 08 150 12 08 150 13 08 150 14 08 250 20

Force Kg.
8.29 8.29 8.29 14.18 14.18 14.18 23.74 23.74 23.74 23.74 45.00 45.00 45.00 45.00 45.00 122.60

A
M12 M8 M12 M12 M8 M12 M12 M8 M12 3/8 M12 M12 M12 3/8 3/8 M12

B
69 69 69 69 69 69 97 97 97 97 135 135 135 135 135 237

C
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 15 15 15 15 15 15

D
65 65 65 85 85 85 114 114 114 114 154 154 154 154 154 254

E
17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 23 23 23 23 23 23

F
-21 21 -21 21 -26 26 --30 30 -27 70

G
-1/4 1/4 -1/4 1/4 -1/4 1/4 --1/4 3/8 -3/8 3/8

[Cups]

1.06

<

>

[Cups]

The cups shown on this page have been studied to solve many lifting problems associated with handling of wood and plastic panels, thin glass and marble slabs, ceramic and baked clay tiles and plate sheets. Their lip, lightly inclined, low and strong, does not slide on the surface of the load, during the pick up phase. These cups are provided with cleats on the inside face, which, apart from reducing the air volume to be sucked, have the function of creating a perfect supporting surface, which avoids the deformation of the surface of taking and the slip of the load vertically lifted. They are normally available in three standard compounds but, upon request they can be supplied in special compounds and in different grades of hardness.

Art.
01 76 24 01 90 24 01 110 24 01 150 36

Force Kg.
11.33 15.89 23.74 45.00

A
54 64 79 98

B
35 35 35 70

C
16 16 16 16

D
76 90 110 150

E
36 36 36 70

F
4.5 4.5 4.5 6.0

G
10 10 10 17

H
24 24 24 36

[Cups]

1.07

<

>

[Cups with support]

The cups shown on this page are the same cups described on the previous page, cold assembled, without any adhesive, on a proper support in anodized aluminium and locked by a ring nut made in the same material. The support, appropriately shaped, is provided with a threaded pin, in order to facilitate the fixing to the machine. In order to replace the cup, it is sufficient to unscrew the ring nut, extract the worn out cup and replace it with a new one, repeating the inverse operation. As a spare part, order the cup relating to the diameter of series 01 ..24 and 01 150 36, in the compound required.

Art.
08 76 24 1/4 08 90 24 1/4 08 110 24 1/4 08 76 24 3/8 08 90 24 3/8 08 110 24 3/8 08 150 36

Force Kg.
11.33 15.89 23.74 11.33 15.89 23.74 45.00

A
1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

B
24 24 24 24 24 24 36

C
14 14 14 14 14 14 14

D
76 90 110 76 90 110 150

E
38 38 38 38 38 38 50

SW
6 6 6 6 6 6 6

[Cups]

1.08

<

>

[Cups]

This series of rectangular flat cups is particularly suitable to carry out working surfaces to stirrup wood panels, marbles, granites, ceramics, glasses or similar. Of course they can also be used to handle the materials themselves. The shape of their lip, low and vertical, allows a stable grip at the surface of the load to be stirruped or handled, it eliminates any oscillation and considerably reduces the volume of air therein contained, allowing a quicker grip and detachment. They are available in three standard compounds but, upon request they can be supplied in special compounds and in different grades of hardness.

Art.
01 40 75 01120 90 01150 65 01150 75 01300 80 01300 150

Force Kg.
6.7 24.0 21.5 25.0 60.0 113.0

A
75 117 147 147 297 297

B
40 87 62 72 77 147

C
6.5 7.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 6.5

D
59 102 132 132 284 284

E
54 97 127 127 278 278

F
19 68 42 52 58 128

G
7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5

H
16.0 17.5 16.5 16.5 17.5 17.5

I
3 3 3 3 3 3

L
64 107 137 137 288 288

M
29 78 52 62 68 138

N
24 73 47 57 64 134

[Cups]

1.09

<

>

[Cups with support]

They are the same rectangular flat cups shown and described on the previous page, cold assembled, without any adhesive, on a proper support in anodized aluminium. All supports have a central threaded hole to facilitate fastening to the machine and, the largest ones have a side hole with gas thread for the suction fitting. As spare part, it is necessary to order the cups with the code 01 instead of 08, in the required compound.

Art.
08 40 75 08 120 90 08 150 65 08 150 75 08 300 80 08 300 150

Force Kg.
6.7 24.0 21.5 25.0 60.0 113.0

A
76 120 150 150 300 300

B
41 90 65 75 80 150

C
6.5 7.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 7.5

D
M12 M12 M12 M12 3/8 1/2

E
55 102 130 130 284

F
20 70 45 55 62

G
11 11 11 11 11 11

H
16.0 17.5 16.5 16.5 17.5 17.5

I
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

L
66 112 140 140 290

M
31 80 55 65 70

N
----100 100

O
----M12 M12

284 134

290 140

[Cups]

1.10

<

>

[Bellows cups]

The bellows cups shown on this page have been designed purposely to handle food products such as biscuits, bread, pizza, brioches etc., as well as paper or plastic bags containing chocolates, sweetmeats, pasta, meals, powders, etc. Being very flexible, they can also be used to compensate flatness errors or for gripping on inclined surfaces. They are normally available in the three series of compounds.

Art.
01 20 23 01 30 32 01 40 42 01 50 53

Force Kg.
0.78 1.76 3.14 4.90

A
23 32 42 53

B
14.5 20 20 27

C
5 6.5 6.5 10.5

D
20 30 40 50

E
5 7 7 10

F
14 21 28 35

G
4 5 5 6

[Cups]

1.11

<

>

[Bellows cups with support]

These bellows cups are the same as described on the previous page, cold assembled on a sturdy support in anodized aluminium, male or female threaded. As spare part, it is necessary to order the cups with the code 01 instead of 08, in the required compound.

Art.
08 20 23 08 30 32 08 40 42 08 50 53 08 20 23F 08 30 32F 08 40 42F 08 50 53F

Force Kg.
0.78 1.76 3.14 4.90 0.78 1.76 3.14 4.90

A
36.5 51.5 61.5 72.5 35 46 56 67

B
1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4

C
23 32 42 53 23 32 42 53

D
20 30 40 50 20 30 40 50

E
5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 8 10 10 10

F
8 12 12 12 12 14 14 14

G
13 17 17 22 13 17 17 22

H
14.5 20 20 27 14.5 20 20 27

[Cups]

1.12

<

>

[Bellows cups]

The particular shape of the bellows cup makes them collapse rapidly when they are in contact with the surface of the load to be handled, lifting the load some centimetres, independently of the machine movement; this quick movement prevents the load below from remaining stuck to the surfaces or load underneath. Due to this fea ture, bello ws cups are recommended in all the cases where it is necessary to lift and handle paper sheets, cardboard sheets, thin plates, wooden panels, glass slabs, etc. Due to their high flexibility, they can also be used to compensate flatness errors or for the grip on inclined surfaces. These cups are available in all the series of compounds.

Art.
01 22 19 01 34 26 01 43 28 01 53 35

Force Kg.
0.95 2.26 3.62 5.51

A
19 26 28 35

B
14.5 14.5 20 27

C
5 5 6.5 10.5

D
22 34 43 53

E
5.5 5.5 7 9.5

F
11 17 21.5 30.5

G
4 4 4 6

[Cups]

1.13

<

>

[Bellows cups with support]

These bellows cups are the same as described on the previous page, cold assembled on a proper support in anodized aluminium, male or female threaded. As spare part, it is necessary to order the cups with the code 01 instead of 08, in the required compound.

Art.
08 22 19 08 34 26 08 43 28 O8 53 35 08 22 19 F 08 34 26 F 08 43 28 F 08 53 35 F

Force Kg.
0.95 2.26 3.62 5.51 0.95 2.26 3.62 5.51

A
32.5 39.5 47.5 54.5 31 38 42 49

B
1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4

C
19 26 28 35 19 26 28 35

D
22 34 43 53 22 34 43 53

E
5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 8 8 10 10

F
8 8 12 12 12 12 14 14

G
13 13 17 22 13 13 17 22

H
14.5 14.5 20 27 14.5 14.5 20 27

[Cups]

1.14

<

>

[Bellows cups]

The bellows cup shown on this page are suitable for the grip of plates, glasses, marbles, tiles, wooden panels, etc. It is available in all the series of compounds.

Art.
O1 75 42 O1 110 58 O1 150 74

Force Kg.
11.93 23.70 45.00

A
42 58 74

B
59 75 112

C
54 70 107

D
78 110 150

E
45 61 98

F
56 74 103

G
22.5 33.0 49.0

H
3 3 3

I
7 7 7

[Cups]

1.15

<

>

[Bellows cups with support]

The bellows cups on this page are the same as described previously, cold assembled, without any adhesive, on a strong support in anodized aluminium. As spare part it is sufficient to request only the cup Art. 01 75 42 in the required compound.

Art.
08 75 42 08 75 42 1/2 08 110 58 08 150 74

Force Kg.
11.93 11.93 23.70 45.00

A
42 42 58 74

B
59 59 75 112

C
M 12 1/2 1/2 1/2

D
78 78 110 150

E
10 10 10 10

F
--23 35

G
--1 /8 1/8

[Cups]

1.16

<

>

[Bellows cups]

The main feature of bellows cups is that they can rapidly collapse during the grip, thus lifting the load for a few centimetres, independently of the movements of the lifting frame; this quick movement avoids that the load beneath, remains stuck to the lifted one. Due to this feature they are particularly suitable to leaf and remove thin plate sheets, glass slabs, chipboard or compressed wood panels, laminated plastic etc. Due to their high flexibility they can also be used to compensate flatness errors or for the grip of inclined surfaces. These bellows cups are vulcanized on a steel support and are available in all the series compounds.

Art.
08 110 30 08 150 30 08 180 30 08 250 30

Force Kg.
23.7 45.0 63.5 122.6

A
78 78 94 130

B
65 65 80 100

C
45 60 70 100

D
110 150 180 250

E
55 75 84 125

F
1 /2 1 /2 1 /2 1 /2

G
10 10 10 15

H
27 38 43 60

I
23 23 30 35

L
1/8 1/8 1/8 3/8

[Cups]

1.17

<

>

[Special cups]

The series of cups shown on this page has been developed for taking and handling cylindrical bodies such as pipes, bottles, section bars etc. Cup support is in aluminium while cups are manufactured in oil-resistant rubber, natural para rubber and silicone.

Art.
08 30 60 08 40 90 08 50 90

Force grip Kg. min. max


3.5 30 8.6 50 10.5 60 45 80 95

A
26 40 48

B
20.0 25.0 28.5

C
15 20 22

D
M8 M12 M12

E
10 14 14

F
8 10 10

G
19 28 34

H
16 23 28

I
20 30 30

L
60 92 92

M
50 80 80

N
4.1 5.1 5.1

[Cups]

1.18

<

>

[Special cups]

Art.
08 110 15 08 150 15 08 200 10 08 250 10 08 300 10 08 350 10 08 110 40 08 150 40 08 200 40 08 250 40 08 300 40 O8 350 40

Force Kg.
23.7 45.0 78.5 122.6 176.6 240.4 15.5 22.8 45.0 78.5 122.6 176.6

A
74 115 164 214 266 316 74 115 164 214 266 316

B
70 110 160 210 260 310 68 105 148 196 248 298

C
26.0 40.0 47.5 72.5 89.0 89.0 26.0 40.0 47.5 72.5 89.0 89.0

D
110 150 200 250 300 350 110 150 200 250 300 350

E
1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2

F
M12 M12 M12 M12 M16 M16 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 12 M 16 M 16

G
10 10 11 11 11 11 7 7 8 8 10 10

L
2 2 3 3 5 5 3 3 3 3 3 3

M
14 14 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18

N
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

H
26 26 28 28 31 31 26 26 28 28 31 31

This series of cups has been developed for lifting and handling big loads. They are vulcanized on a steel support, and have a central threaded hole for the fastening to the machine; moreover they have a side hole for the connection to vacuum. They have a labyrinth graved face made in the same compound as the cup itself, which allows also the grip of glasses, marbles or thin and breakable plates in general, without bending in the grip point. The shape of their lip and the choice of the different compounds which they are made with, enables the grip on irregular and corrugated surfaces. The series 08 .. 40, besides having the same features as the aforementioned cups, also has an internal upright lip which enables the grip also on particularly rough surfaces such as embossed plates or plates with fret, sawn marbles and granites, rough wood boards, concrete prefabricated etc.

[Cups]

1.19

<

>

[Special cups]

This cup is suitable to handle extremely heavy loads. It is vulcanized on a steel support; it has a labyrinth gra ved face made in the same compound as the cup itself. Four steel pins are integral to the support, these pins are equipped with four self-locking nuts which guide and fasten the cup to the machine, moreover they have a threaded sleeve for the connection to vacuum. This cup is also equipped with four springs, to cushion the impact of the cup with the load to be lifted. Also this cup is available in different compounds and in different grades of hardness, as the ones previously described.

Art.
08 360 10

Force Kg.
254.3

[Cups]

1.20

<

>

[Foam rubber cups]

Art.
01 42 15 01 64 15 01 92 15 01 127 15 O1 180 15 01 220 15

Force Kg.
0.78 3.5 8.5 17.5 38.5 63.6

D
40 64 92 127 180 220

d
20 40 64 92 140 180

S
15 15 15 15 15 15

The cups shown on this page are made with a special foam rubber compound which has such a density that allows them to grip also on uneven and very rough surfaces and to maintain their elasticity also after many working cycles. The cups of this series have a self-adhesive side in order to allow a quick fixing to their supports. Foam rubber cups have been designed for handling loads with crude or very rough surfaces (sawn, bushammered or flamed marbles, buckle plates, treadplates or plates with fret, striated plexiglas, raw cement manufactures, garden tiles with grit, etc.) and in all those cases where traditional cups cannot be used. These cups are produced in circular and rectangular shapes; upon request they can be supplied in different sizes and shapes.

Art.
O1 107 75 O1 135 50 O1 135 60 O1 290 68 O1 290 140

Force Kg.
9 6 8 25 72

A
107 135 135 290 290

B
75 50 60 68 140

C
15 15 15 15 15

S
15 15 15 15 15

[Cups]

1.21

<

>

[Foam rubber cups with support]

These cups are the same foam rubber cups as previously described, fixed on a proper support in anodized aluminium. Supports have a central threaded hole to fasten them to the machine or to the cup holder and, upon request can be supplied with side threaded hole for the suction connection. As a spare part it is sufficient to order only the cup in self-adhesive foam rubber corresponding to the support external sizes and with code 01 instead of 08

Art.
08 42 15 08 64 15 08 92 15 08 127 15 08 180 15

Force Kg.
0.78 3.5 8.5 17.5 38.5

A
M12 M12 M12 M12 M12

B
40 60 88 120 160

C
10 10 11 15 12

D
40 64 92 127 180

d
20 40 64 92 140

E
---3/8 3/8

F
---30 60

S
15 15 15 15 15

Art.
08 107 75 08 135 50 08 135 60 08 290 68 08 290 140

Force Kg.
9 6 8 25 72

A
107 135 135 290 290

B
75 50 60 68 140

C
15 15 15 15 15

D
M12 M12 M12 3/8 1/2

E
11 11 11 11 11

F
70 45 55 62 134

G
---100 100

O
---M12 M12

S
15 15 15 15 15

[Cups]

1.22

<

>

[Special cups]

Art.
08 220 10N

Force Kg.
63.6

Compound
Geranium foam rubber Neoprene foam rubber

The feature which characterizes these cups form the ones previously described is their lip which is made from nitrilie rubber coupled with foam rubbers; this structure allows the grip also in very rough surfaces or even on the grooved ones. They are particularly suitable to grip and handle cement manufactures with grit finished surfaces, marbles and bushammered or flamed granites. They are also available in oil-resistant rubber, without foamy lip, suitable to handle plates or dressed panels. The support is in anodized aluminium and the cup is cold assembled onto it, without any adhesive. As a spare part it is sufficient to request only the cup art. 01 220 10, stating the required compound.

Art.
08 220 10A

Force Kg.
78.5

Compound
Oil-resistant rubber

[Cups]

1.23

<

>

[Foam rubber sheets and strips]

The same kind of foam rubber used for making suction cups can be supplied in sheets or strips, with the sizes shown in the table. In order to allow an easy and quick fixing to the metal support, both rubber sheets and strips have a self-adhesive side. With foam rubber sheets and strips, it is possible to make cups in whatever shape required and move loads with raw or very rough surfaces. Upon request they can be supplied in different sizes and densities.

Art.
Sheet Sheet SGS 10 10 SGS 15 10 SGS 20 10 SGS 20 15

A
2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000

B
1000 1000 10 15 20 20

S
10 15 10 10 10 15

[Cups]

1.24

<

>

[Special cups]

These cups have been developed for the solution of the several problems of gripping and handling, which we have dealt with for so many years in vacuum handling. The cups shown on this and on the following five pages are suitable for the grip of cds, labels, chocolates, biscuits, paper sheets, small picture cards, pralines, cardboard, tiles, abrasive grinding wheels, small metal parts and plastic objects. They are available in all the three compounds and, upon request, they can be made in special materials.

[Cups]

1.25

<

>

[Special cups]

[Cups]

1.26

<

>

[Special cups]

[Cups]

1.27

<

>

[Special cups]

[Cups]

1.28

<

>

[Special cups]

[Cups]

1.29

<

>

[Special cups]

Art.
01 12 20 01 12 30 01 12 40 01 12 50

A
20 30 40 55

B
17 27 37 52

C
15 25 35 50

D
11.5 21.5 31.5 46.5

Art.
01 46 13 01 73 14 O1 95 14

A
35 60 71

B
23 40 51

C
12 27 27

D
46 73 95

E
8.5 10 10

H
12.5 14.0 14.5

[Cups]

1.30

<

>

[Bellows cups]

These bellows cups have a particular feature of collapsing during the grip on the surface and when the vacuum is present make a quick lifting movement, independent of the lifting frame movement: this rapid movement prevents the sheet underneath the load to adhere to it during this part of the lift cycle. The cups shown on this and on the following four pages are recommended for the grip of compact discs, biscuits, small picture cards, flat bread, thin plates, labels, small metal and plastic parts, small cards, paper and plastic bags, friable products, chocolate eggs, hens eggs, plastic sheets, etc. They are available in the three series of compounds, and upon request, they can be made in special materials.

[Cups]

1.31

<

>

[Bellows cups]

[Cups]

1.32

<

>

[Bellows cups]

[Cups]

1.33

<

>

Art.
08 04 10 08 05 10 08 06 10 08 08 10 08 09 07

Force Kg.
0.03 0.05 0.07 0.12 0.15

A
21.0 21.5 21.5 21.5 20.5

B
M5 M5 M5 M5 M5

C
13.0 13.5 13.5 13.5 12.5

D
4 5 6 8 9

E
3 3 3 3 3

F
5 5 5 5 5

G
7 7 7 7 7

[Special cups with support]

Art.
08 10 10 08 12 10 08 15 10 08 18 10 08 18 12 08 20 10 O8 22 10 O8 25 15 08 30 15 08 35 15 08 40 15 08 45 15

Force Kg.
0.19 0.28 0.44 0.63 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.76 2.40 3.14 3.98

A
24 24 25 25 23 25 26 29 30 38 40 45

B
1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1/4 1 /4 1/4

C
11 11 12 12 10 12 13 16 17 16 18 23

D
10 12 15 18 18 20 22 25 30 35 40 45

E
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 8 8

F
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 14 14 14

G
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 17 17 17

Art.
08 10 25 08 12 25 08 15 25 08 18 12F 08 18 25 08 20 25 08 22 25 08 25 25 08 30 25 08 35 25 08 40 25 08 45 25

Force Kg.
0.19 0.28 0.44 0.63 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.76 2.40 3.14 3.98

A
24 24 25 23 25 25 26 29 30 33 35 40

B
1 /8 1 /8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4

C
11 11 12 10 12 12 13 16 17 16 18 23

D
10 12 15 18 18 20 22 25 30 35 40 45

E
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 17 17 17

F
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 16 16 16

G
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 17 17 17

Many cups shown on this and on the following five pages are the same special cups described previously, cold assembled and without adhesive, on sturdy metal supports; on the contrary, the cups, which have not been described or shown previously, are vulcanized on their support. The technical features are those already mentioned: the addition of the support has the advantage to make the cup ready for the assembling on the machine and to assure the perfect vacuum seal between the cup and the support itself.

Art.
08 12 20 08 12 30 08 12 40 08 12 50

Force Kg.
0.52 0.82 1.12 1.57

A
16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5

B
1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

C
1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

D
20 30 40 55

E
8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5

F
6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5

G
12 12 12 12

[Cups]

1.34

<

>

Art.
08 14 09 08 14 10 08 14 09F 08 14 10F

Force Kg.
0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38

A
22 23 22 23

B
1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

C
9 10 9 10

D
14 14 14 14

E
5 5 ---

F
8 8 ---

G
1.5 2.5 1.5 2.5

H
--13 13

[Special cups with support]

Art.
08 14 15 08 14 15F

Force Kg.
0.38 0.38

A
28 28

B
1/8 1/8

C
15 15

D
14 14

E
5 --

F
8 --

G
2.5 2.5

H
-13

Art.
08 14 32 08 14 32F

Force Kg.
0.38 0.38

A
45 45

B
1/8 1/8

C
32 32

D
14 14

E
5 --

F
8 --

G
---

H
-13

Art.
08 15 15

Force Kg.
0.03

A
28

B
1/8

C
15

D
15

E
5

F
8

G
--

Art.
08 16 26 08 22 24 08 22 45 08 22 99

Force Kg.
0.50 0.95 0.95 0.95

A
48 47 67 47

B
1 /4 1 /4 1 /4 1 /4

C
26 25 45 25

D
16 22 22 22

E
8 8 8 8

F
14 14 14 14

G
3 6 6 6

[Cups]

1.35

<

>

Art.
08 17 12 08 17 13

Force Kg.
0.60 0.60

A
19.5 24

B
M5 1/8

C
11 11

D
17.5 17.5

E
4.5 5

F
4.5 8

G
1 1

[Special cups with support]

Art.
08 19 31

Force Kg.
0.70

A
53

B
1/4

C
31

D
19

E
8

F
14

G
3.5

Art.
08 20 12 08 20 14 08 20 15 08 20 12F 08 20 14F 08 20 15F

Force Kg.
0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78

D
20 20 20 20 20 20

E
5 5 5 -

F
8 8 8 -

G
1.5 3.5 3.5 1.5 3.5 3.5

H
---13 13 13

25.0 1/8 12.0 27.5 1/8 14.5 27.0 1/8 14.0 25.0 1/8 12.0 27.0 1/8 14.0 27.0 1/8 14.0

Art.
08 20 24 08 25 28 08 20 24F 08 25 28F

Force Kg.
0.78 1.23 0.78 1.23

A
38 41 38 41

B
1 /8 1 /8 1 /8 1 /8

C
25 28 25 28

D
20 25 20 25

E
5 5 -

F
8 8 -

G
14 17 14 17

H
--13 13

Art.
08 25 12

Force Kg.
0.12

A
25

B
1/8

C
12

D
25

E
5

F
8

G
--

[Cups]

1.36

<

>

Art.
08 25 14

Force Kg.
1.23

A
27

B
1/8

C
14

D
25

E
5

F
8

G
6

[Special cups with support]

Art.
08 25 22 08 25 27

Force Kg.
1.23 1.23

A
24 28

B
M8 M8

C
12 12

D
25 25

E
12 16

F
7 7

G
---

Art.
08 27 24 08 30 24

Force Kg.
1.43 1.76

A
45 45

B
1 /4 1 /4

C
23 23

D
27 30

E
8 8

F
14 14

G
3 3

Art.
08 30 38 08 40 41 08 60 45 08 80 50

Force Kg.
1.80 3.20 7.10 12.60

A
37 41 44 51

B
M 10 M 10 M 10 M 10

C
20 23 26 33

D
30 40 60 80

E
17 18 18 18

F
10 12 18 26

G
-----

Art.
08 40 18 08 48 18 08 54 18

Force Kg.
3.14 4.52 5.72

A
32 32 30

B
1/4 1/4 1 /4

C
18 18 18

D
40 48 54

E
14 14 12

F
8.5 8.5 3.5

G
----

[Cups]

1.37

<

>

Art.
O8 32 36

Force Kg.
2.00

A
53

B
1 /4

C
36

D
32

E
5

F
12

G
8

[Special cups with support]

Art.
08 32 52 08 32 99

Force Kg.
3.00 3.00

A
22 22

B
15 15

C
18 18

D
6 M8

E
4 4

F
52 52

G
32 32

Art.
08 40 24

Force Kg.
3.14

A
47

B
1 /4

C
25

D
40

E
8

F
14

G
5

Art.
08 40 70

Force Kg.
3.14

A
72

B
1 /4

C
50

D
40

E
8

F
14

G
10

Art.
08 46 13 08 73 14 08 95 14

Force Kg.
3.87 9.02 16.28

A
29.5 39.0 42.5

B
40 65 76

C
12 27 27

D
46 73 95

E
M12 3/8 3/8

F
7 10 10

G
18 25 27

[Cups]

1.38

<

>

Art.
08 50 20 08 65 28

Force Kg.
4.90 8.20

A
42 50

B
1 /4 1 /4

C
20 28

D
50 65

E
8 8

F
14 14

G
M8 M8

[Special cups with support]

Art.
08 56 15

Force Kg.
6.15

A
19

B
M12

C
15

D
56

E
4

F
3.5

G
--

Art.
08 80 20

Force Kg.
12.56

A
20

B
M 12

C
10

D
80

E
10

F
6

G
--

Art.
08 85 25 08 85 26

Force Kg.
14.18 14.18

A
41 41

B
1 /4 M 12

C
25 25

D
85 85

E
16 16

F
15 15

G
25 25

[Cups]

1.39

<

>

Art.
08 06 50 08 08 50 08 11 50

Force Kg.
0.07 0.12 0.23

A
23.5 23.5 23.5

B
M5 M5 M5

C
15 15 15

D
6 8 11

E
4.5 4.5 4.5

F
4 4 4

G
7.5 7.5 7.5

[Bellows cups with support]

Art.
08 11 16 08 11 17 08 16 20 08 16 21 08 11 17F 08 16 21F

Force Kg.
0.23 0.23 0.50 0.50 0.23 0.50

A
24.5 28.5

B
M5 M5

C
16 16 20 20 16 20

D
11 11 16 16 11 16

E
4.5 5.0 4.5 5.0 -----

F
4 8 4 8 -

G
8 8 11 11 8 11

H
----13 13

29.0 1/8 33.0 1/8 29.0 1/8 33.0 1/8

Art.
08 15 23 08 18 23 08 18 29 08 18 35 08 15 23F 08 18 23F 08 18 29F 08 18 35F

Force Kg.
0.44 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.44 0.63 0.63 0.63

A
36 36 42 48 36 36 42 48

B
1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

C
23 23 29 35 23 23 29 35

D
15 18 18 18 15 18 18 18

E
5 5 5 5 -

F
8 8 8 8 -

G
14.5 15.5 21.5 27.5

H
-----

14.5 13 15.5 13 21.5 13 27.5 13

Most of the cups shown on this and on the following three pages are the same bellows cups described previously, cold assembled and without adhesive, on sturdy metal supports; on the contrar y, the cups, which have not been described or shown previously, are vulcanized on their support. The technical features are those already mentioned: the addition of the support has the advantage to make the cup ready for the assembling on the machine and to assure the perfect vacuum seal between the cup and the support itself.

Art.
08 18 50 08 18 51 08 18 52

Force Kg.
0.63 0.63 0.63

A
22.5

B
M8

C
11 11 11

D
18 18 18

E
1.5 1.5 ---

F
10 10 --

G
7.5 7.5 7.5

H
--13

22.5 1/8 24.0 1/8

Art.
08 19 17 08 19 18

Force Kg.
0.70 0.70

A
25 25

B
M6 1/8

C
17 17

D
19 19

E
8 8

F
10 10

G
---

[Cups]

1.40

<

>

Art.
08 20 60 08 20 61 08 20 62

Force Kg.
0.78 0.78 0.78

A
56.5

B
M8

C
45 45 45

D
20 20 20

E
1.5 1.5 ---

F
10 10 --

G
42 42 42

H
--13

56.5 1 /8 58.0 1 /8

[Bellows cups with support]

Art.
O8 25 35

Force Kg.
1.23

A
57

B
1/4

C
35

D
25

E
8

F
14

G
14

Art.
O8 25 40 08 32 40

Force Kg.
1.20 2.00

A
40 40

B
M8 M8

C
28 28

D
25 32

E
12 12

F
15 15

G
---

Art.
08 30 50 08 30 55 08 30 99 O8 30 50F 08 30 55F 08 30 99F

Force Kg.
1.76 1.76 1.76 1.76 1.76 1.76

A
60 77 60 55 72 55

B
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4

C
38 55 38 38 55 38

D
30 30 30 30 30 30

E
8 8 8 -

F
14 14 14 ----

G
23 40 23 23 40 23

H
---17 17 17

Art.
08 33 50

Force Kg.
2.13

A
51

B
1/8

C
38

D
33

E
5

F
8

G
25.5

Art.
08 40 50 08 40 50F

Force Kg.
2.40 2.40

A
45 40

B
1/4 1/4

C
23 23

D
40 40

E
8 -

F
14 --

G
2 2

H
-17

[Cups]

1.41

<

>

Art.
08 40 80 08 40 80F

Force Kg.
1.76 1.76

A
93 93

B
1/8 1/8

C
80 80

D
30 30

E
5 -

F
8 -

H
-13

[Bellows cups with support]

Art.
08 42 90 08 42 90F

Force Kg.
3.00 3.00

C
88 88

D
42 42

E
5 -

F
8 -

G
20 20

H
-13

101 1/8 101 1/8

Art.
08 52 50

Force Kg.
5.30

A
64

B
1/4

C
42

D
52

E
8

F
14

G
23

Art.
08 56 30 08 75 30

Force Kg.
6.15 11.04

A
63 76

B
1 /4 1 /4

C
41 54

D
56 75

E
8 8

F
14 14

G
18 24

[Cups]

1.42

<

>

Art.
08 40 30 08 50 30 08 60 30 08 85 30 08 40 30M 08 50 30M O8 60 30M 08 85 30M

Force Kg.
3.14 4.90 7.06 14.08 3.14 4.90 7.06 14.08

D
40 50 60 85 40 50 60 85

E
-

F
-----

G
18 20 21 31

H
17 17 17 17 -----

I
M8 M8 M8 M8 -----

52.0 1/4 35 54.0 1/4 37 56.0 1/4 39 67.0 1/4 50 56.5 1/4 35 58.5 1/4 37 60.5 1/4 39 71.5 1/4 50

[Bellows cups with support]

8 13.5 18 8 13.5 20 8 13.5 21 8 13.5 31

Art.
08 40 60 08 50 50M 08 60 50 08 85 50 08 40 60M 08 50 50M 08 60 50M 08 85 50M 08 60 50M12

Force Kg.
3.14 4.90 7.06 14.08 3.14 4.90 7.06 14.08 7.06

D
40 50 60 85 40 50 60 85 60 85

E
-

F
-----

G
35 38 41 58

H
17 17 17 17 ----17 17

I
M8 M8 M8 M8 -------

69.0 1/4 52 72.0 1/4 55 75.0 1/4 58 95.0 1/4 78 73.5 1/4 52 76.5 1/4 55 79.5 1/4 58 99.5 1/4 78 75.0 M12 58 95.0 M12 78

8 13.5 35 8 13.5 38 8 13.5 41 8 13.5 58 --41 58

08 85 50M12 14.08

Art.
08 50 70

Force Kg.
4.90

A
89.5

B
1/4

C
70

D
50

E
7.5

F
12

G
49

[Cups]

1.43

<

>

[Self-locking cups with traction release]

Their use does not require any connection to a vacuum source, being the load itself that makes air evacuate from their interior, when it is placed on them; a non-return valve enclosed in them, does not allow air to enter again, thus keeping them in vacuum condition. In order to release the piece retained, it is sufficient to lift it a few millimeters, then the nonreturn valve restores the atmospheric pressure by allowing air into the cup and consequently releases the piece. Due to the fact that possible losses cannot be recovered, this kind of cup is suggested only to lock pieces having smooth and waterproof surfaces such as glasses, bright plates, glazed marble and similar items. They are particularly suitable for glass carrying trolleys and feeding trolleys for robotic systems. Self-locking cups are available in sizes ranging from 50 to 100 mm diameter. Upon request they can also be supplied with larger diameters.

Art.
17 50 40 17 60 10 17 75 40 17 85 10 17 100 40 17 100 50

Force Kg.
4.90 7.06 11.04 14.18 19.62 19.62

A
16 22 25 41 26 30

D
50 60 75 85 100 100

L
90 96 99 115 100 104

Cup Art.
08 50 40 08 60 10 08 75 40 08 85 10 08 100 40 08 100 50

[Cups]

1.44

<

>

[Built-in cups with ball valve]

The feature of these cups is that they open, and therefore they produce vacuum, only when the load to be handled actuates the sealing ball. Especially designed for the vacuum beds, these cups are completely manufactured in anodized aluminium or, upon request, in stainless materials.

Art.
05 01 10 05 02 10 05 03 10 05 04 10

Force Kg.
9.80 13.60 18.10 29.70

A
66 66 66 66

B
35x1.5 35x1.5 35x1.5 35x1.5

d
50 59 68 87

D
59 68 77 96

E
9 9 9 9

F
3 3 3 3

G
27 27 27 27

H
27 27 27 27

[Cups]

1.45

<

>

[Built-in cups with ball valve]

The operation of these cups is the same as the one of the cups previously described; the only one difference is that the seal is made up by the flat cups art. 01 65 15 - 01 85 15 - 01 110 10 01 150 10. They are particularly suitable for the glass manufacturers and in all those cases where it is not possible to use magnetic surfaces. The material used is anticorodal aluminium but, upon request, they can be made with other materials.

Art.
05 65 15 05 85 15 05 110 10 05 150 10

Force Kg.
8.29 14.18 23.74 45.00

A
25x1.5 25x1.5 25x1.5 35x1.5

B
69 69 97 135

C
40 40 40 80

D
65 85 114 154

E
17 17 17 23

F
22 22 22 32

L
80 80 80 86

Ring nut
KM 5 KM 5 KM 5 KM 7

[Cups]

1.46

<

>

[Special built-in cups with ball valve]

The feature of the special built-in cups is that they open, and therefore they produce vacuum, only when the load to be clamped actuates the sealing ball. Especially designed for the vacuum operated beds of woodworking machines, they differ from the previously described ones because of the high precision of their cylindrical support, which is ground to size, and because of their square closing block, which prevents the cup from rotating and enables connection to vacuum. The cold assembled cups are the standard ones art. 01 65 15, 01 85 15 and 01 110 10 in the different compounds. The support of these cups is manufactured in anodized aluminium, while the square closing block is in brass.

Art.
05 65 15 M 05 65 65 05 85 15 M 05 85 65 05 110 10 M 05 110 65

Force Kg.
8.29 8.29 14.18 14.18 23.74 23.74

A
40 40 40 40 40 40

B
M5 -M5 -M5 --

C
20 -20 -20 --

D
65 65 85 85 114 114

E
69 69 69 69 97 97

F
17 17 17 17 17 17

G
31.5 47.5 31.5 47.5 32.0 48.0

H
48.5 64.5 48.5 64.5 49.0 65.0

I
16.0 14.5 16.0 14.5 16.0 14.5

[Cups]

1.47

<

>

[Supports with retractable reference pin]

The supports with reference pin described on this page have been manufactured in order to allow quick centering of the load to be stirruped with cups to the operating surface of the machines. The reference pin, integral with a piston, is operated by vacuum while retracting and remaining in its own seat and by a stainless steel spring while coming out. These supports are mechanically fixed to the operating surface. The reference pin is made in plastic material, while the support is in anodized anticorodal aluminium. As a standard they are equipped with a rapid fitting for connection to vacuum.

Art.
23 01 10 23 01 15 23 02 10 23 05 10

A
80 80 80 80

B
53 53 53 53

C
110 110 110 110

D
30 30 30 30

E
18 13 18 18

F
12 12 12 12

G
45 64 75 110

H
63 99 110 180

[Cups]

1.48

<

>

[Cups with self-locking support]

Art.
16 85 15 16 110 10 16 150 10

Force Kg.
14.5 24.0 45.0

A
60 88 120

B
98 125 165

C
41 58 76

D
85 114 154

E
56.0 56.0 57.5

F
17 17 23

G
49.0 50.0 49.5

H
54.5 54.5 54.5

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. Two semi-rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size.

[Cups]

1.49

<

>

[Cups with ball valve and self-locking support]

Art.
18 85 15 18 110 10 18 150 10

Force Kg.
14.5 24.0 45.0

A
60 88 120

B
98 125 165

C
41 58 76

D
85 114 154

E
56.0 56.0 57.5

F
17 17 23

G
49.0 50.0 49.5

H
54.5 54.5 54.5

I
1 1 1

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two semi-rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size.

[Cups]

1.50

<

>

[Cups with self-locking support]

Art.
16 40 75 16 120 90 16 150 75

Force Kg.
6.7 24.0 25.0

A
41 90 75

B
76 120 150

C
48 98 83

D
83 128 144

E
20 70 55

F
55 102 130

G
56.5 57.0 57.0

H
54.5 54.5 54.5

I
30.5 56.0 48.0

L
51 50 50

M
26.5 49.0 57.0

N
16.0 17.5 16.5

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. Two semi-rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size.

[Cups]

1.51

<

>

[Cups with ball valve and self-locking support]

Art.
18 40 75 18 120 90 18 150 75

Force A Kg.
6.7 24.0 25.0 41 90 75

B
76 120 150

C
48 98 83

D
83 128 144

E
2 1 1

F
55 102 130

G
56.5 57.0 57.0

L
51 50 50

54.5 41.5 54.5 56.0 54.5 48.0

26.5 16.0 21.0 15.0 49.0 17.5 35.0 35.0 57.0 16.5 27.5 27.5

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two semi-rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size.

[Cups]

1.52

<

>

[Cups with ball valve and self-locking support]

Art.
18 85 15/90 18 85 15/90MT 18 110 10/90 18 110 10/90MT 18 150 10/90MT 18 250 20/90MT

Force Kg.
14.18 14.18 23.74 23.74 45.00 122.60

A
60 60 88 88 120 223

B
98 98 125 125 165 270

C
42 42 51 51 68 121

D
85 85 114 114 154 254

E
91.5 91.5 91.5 91.5 91.5 91.5

F
17 17 17 17 23 23

G
85.0 85.0 85.5 85.5 85.0 85.0

H
90 90 90 90 90 90

I
1 1 1 1 1 1

L
30 30 30 30 30 33

M
12 12 12 12 12 15

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. MT abbreviation indicates the cups with the gripping surface covered by a special plastic antiskid surface, particularly suitable for securing glass and smooth marble. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size. N.B. With item No. 28, instead of 18, they are available with a support suitable for mechanical fixing.

[Cups]

1.53

<

>

[Cups with ball valve and self-locking support]

Art.
18 40 75/90 18 40 75/90MT 18 120 90/90 18 120 90/90MT 18 150 75/90MT 18 300 80/90MT

Force A Kg.
6.7 41 6.7 41

B
76 76

C
48 48 98 98 83 90

D E
83 2 83 2

F
55 55

R
17 17 17 12 12 15 15

92.0 90 37.0 86.5 26.5 16.0 21.0 15.0 30 92.0 90 37.0 86.5 26.5 16.0 21.0 15.0 30

24.0 90 120 24.0 90 120 25.0 75 150 60.0 80 300

128 1 102 92.5 90 51.0 85.5 49.0 17.5 35.0 35.5 30 128 1 102 92.5 90 51.0 85.5 49.0 17.5 35.0 35.0 30 144 1 130 92.5 90 43.5 85.5 57.0 16.5 27.5 27.5 30 310 1 284 92.5 90 47.0 85.5 140 17.5 31.0 31.0 33

18 300 150/90MT 113.0 I5O 300 160 310 1 284 92.5 90 83.0 85.5 140 17.5 67.0 67.0 33

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. MT abbreviation indicates the cups with the gripping surface covered by a special plastic antiskid surface, particularly suitable for securing glass and smooth marble. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size. N.B. With item No. 28, instead of 18, they are available with a support suitable for mechanical fixing.

[Cups]

1.54

<

>

[Cups with ball valve and high self-locking support]

Art.
18 110 10/160MT 18 150 10/160MT

Force Kg.
24.0 45.0

A
88 120 223

B
125 165 270

C
51 68 121

D
114 154 254

E
161.5 161.5 161.5

F
17 23 23

G
155.5 155.5 155.0

H
160 160 160

I
1 1 1

L
30 30 33

M
12 12 15

18 250 20/160MT 122.6

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system too, and they distinguish from the cups previously described for their exceptional height. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A special plastic anti-skid mat, particularly fit for securing of glass and smooth marble, covers the grip surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size. N.B. With item No. 28, instead of 18, they are available with a support suitable for mechanical fixing.

[Cups]

1.55

<

>

[Cups with ball valve and high self-locking support]

Art.
18 120 90/160MT 18 150 75/160MT 18 300 80/160MT

Force A Kg.

D E

R
12 12 15 15

24.0 90 120 98 25.0 75 150 83 60.0 80 300 90

128 1 102 162.5 160 51.0 85.5 49.0 17.5 35.0 35.0 30 144 1 130 162.5 160 43.5 85.5 57.0 16.5 27.5 27.5 30 310 1 284 162.5 160 47.0 85.5 140 17.5 31.0 31,0 33

18 300150/160MT 113.0 150 300 160 310 1 284 162.5 160 83.0 85.5 140 17.5 67.0 67.0 33

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system too, and they distinguish from the cups previously described for their exceptional height. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A special plastic anti-skid mat, particularly fit for securing of glass and smooth marble, covers the grip surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size. N.B. With item No. 28, instead of 18, they are available with a support suitable for mechanical fixing.

[Cups]

1.56

<

>

[Cups with ball valve and self-locking support, for glass]

Art.
18 65 11/90

Force Kg.
6.7

A
70

B
98

C
45

G
75

H
90

I
1

L
30

M
12

N
50

Art. Cup
08 65 11

65 92.5 17.5

As the glass machine builders require stirrup systems that are more precise and safer, we have developed this new range of cups. Besides the grip security, assured by the particular shape of the cup, their feature is the utmost precision in the height, whose nominal size has a tolerance of only five hundredths of millimetre. They are comprised of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing, which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A special flat cup, vulcanized on its metal support, for the grip of the glass to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the glass to be held actuates the sealing ball. Two rapid fittings for connection to the vacuum source. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the glass can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves.

Art.
18 50 75/90

Force A B Kg.
7.5

D E F
95

G H

L M

N O P

Art. Cup

50 75 65

1 60 92.5 90 41 75 26.5 47.5 21 21 17.5 17.5 08 50 75

[Cups]

1.57

<

>

[Cups with ball valve, self-locking support and release button for glass]
As the glass machine builders require stirrup systems that are more precise and safer, we have developed this new range of cups. Besides the grip security, assured by the particular shape of the cup, their feature is the utmost precision in the height, whose nominal size has a tolerance of only five hundredths of millimetre. They are comprised of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing, which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A special flat cup, vulcanized on its metal support, for the grip of the glass to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the glass to be held actuates the sealing ball. Two rapid fittings for connection to the vacuum source. A release button which allows positioning of the support also when vacuum is connected. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the glass can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves.

Art.
21 85 11/90 21 150 11/90

Force Kg.
12.0 42.7

A
70 129

B
98 165

C
42 73

D
85 150

E
92.5

F
17.5

G
75 75

H
90 90

I
1 1

L
-15

Art. Cup
08 85 11 08 150 11

92.5 17.5

[Cups]

1.58

<

>

[Cups with ball valve, self-locking support and release button]

Art.
21 110 10 21 150 10

Force Kg.
24 45

A
88 120

B
125 165

C
58 76

D
114 154

E
56.0 57.5

F
17 23

G
50.0 49.5

H
54.5 54.5

I
1 1

L
10 28

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two semi-rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. A release button which allows positioning of the support also when vacuum is connected. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size.

[Cups]

1.59

<

>

[Cups with ball valve, self-locking support and release button]


These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two semi-rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. A release button which allows positioning of the support also when vacuum is connected. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size.

Art.
21 40 75 PL 21 40 75/84 PL 21 40 75 PP 21 40 75/84 PP

Force Kg.
6.7 6.7 6.7 6.7

A
41 41 41 41

B
76 76 76 76

C
48 48 48 48

D
83 83 83 83

E
2 2 2 2

F
55 55 55 55

G
56.5 86.5 56.5 86.5

H
54.5 84.5 54.5 84.5

I
45.5 45.5 45.5 45.5

L
51 81 51 81

M
25 25 25 25

N
16 16 16 16

O
12 12 45 45

37 7 37 7 37 25 37 25

[Cups]

1.60

<

>

[Cups with ball valve, self-locking support and release button]

Art.
21 120 90 21 150 75 21 150 75/84

Force Kg.
24 25 25

D
128 144 144

E
1 1 1

L
50 50 80

M
49 57 57

P
24 25 25

Q
25 32 32

90 120 98 75 150 83 75 150 83

102 57.0 54.5 56 130 57.0 54.5 48 130 86.5 84.0 48

17.5 70 16.5 55 16.5 55

These cups represent a real movable stirrup system. They consist of: A sturdy support in anodized aluminium with a wide surface at the base, delimited by a packing which has the purpose to fasten it to the bearing surface. A standard flat cup, cold assembled on the upper part of the support, for the grip of the load to be clamped. A ball valve having the feature to open, and therefore to produce vacuum inside the cup, only when the load to be kept actuates the sealing ball. Two semi-rapid fittings for the connection to vacuum. A release button which allows positioning of the support also when vacuum is connected. The vacuum interception for the grip and detachment of the support from the bearing surface and for the grip and the release of the load, can be done by means of vacuum valves or three-way solenoid valves. All the cups with self-locking support of this series and of the other series have the grip surface situated at the same height and therefore can be used together regardless of their shape or size.

[Cups]

1.61

<

>

<<

[Vacuum cup holders]

[Cup holders]

2
Small cup holders Small cup holders for bellows cups Small cup holders with female threaded connection Small cup holders with built-in spring Small cup holders with compact stroke Small cup holders with integral bush Small cup holders with plunger valve Small cup holders with plunger valve and integral bush Small cup holders with plunger valve, unsprung Non-rotating small cup holders Small cup holders with magnetic sensor Basic cup holders Basic cup holders for bellows cups Basic cup holders with threaded connection Basic cup holders with plunger valve Basic cup holders with plunger valve, unsprung Basic cup holders with integral self-closing valve Non-rotating basic cup holders Basic articulated cup holders Special cup holders Special cup holders for bellows cups Special cup holders with plunger valve Special cup holders with integral self-closing valve Special articulated cup holders Special articulated cup holders with compact stroke Special cup holders with double spring mechanism Special articulated cup holders with double spring mechanism page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page pag page page page page 2.01 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 2.07 2.08 2.09 2.10 2.11 2.12 2.13 2.14 2.15 2.16 2.17 2.18 2.19 2.20 - 2.21 2.22 2.23 - 2.24 2.25 2.26 - 2.27 2.28 2.29 - 2.30 2.31

<

>

[Small cup holders]

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 4 x 6

Art.
20 04 30 20 05 30 20 06 30 20 08 30 20 09 30 20 10 30 20 12 30 20 14 15 20 14 30 20 15 30 20 17 30 20 18 12 20 18 30 20 20 30 20 22 30 20 25 15 20 25 30 20 27 24 20 30 15 20 30 24 20 30 30 20 35 15 20 35 30 20 40 15 20 45 15 20 45 30 20 50 20 20 54 18 20 60 30 20 65 28

Force Kg.
0.03 0.05 0.07 0.12 0.15 0.19 0.28 0.38 0.38 0.44 0.60 0.63 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.23 1.43 1.76 1.76 1.76 2.40 2.40 3.14 3.98 3.98 4.90 5.70 7.06 8.20

A
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5

B
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

C
35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5

D
4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 14.0 15.0 17.0 18.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 25.0 25.0 27.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 35.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 45.0 50.0 54.0 60.0 65.0

E
24.5 25.0 25.0 25.0 24.0 16.0 16.0 20.0 15.0 17.0 16.0 15.0 17.0 17.0 18.0 21.0 13.0 29.0 22.0 29.0 13.0 21.0 13.0 23.0 28.0 23.0 25.0 23.0 27.0 33.0

F
12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25

L
107.5 108.0 108.0 108.0 107.0 99.0 99.0 103.0 98.0 100.0 99.0 98.0 100.0 100.0 101.0 104.0 96.0 112.0 105.0 112.0 96.0 104.0 96.0 106.0 111.0 106.0 108.0 106.0 110.0 116.0

Art. Cup
01 04 10 01 05 10 01 06 10 01 08 10 01 09 07 01 10 10 01 12 10 01 14 15 01 14 10 01 15 10 01 17 12 01 18 12 01 18 10 01 20 10 01 22 10 01 25 15 01 25 10 01 27 24 01 30 15 01 30 24 01 30 10 01 35 15 01 35 10 01 40 15 01 45 15 01 45 10 01 50 20 01 54 18 01 60 10 01 65 28

They consist of: A brass stem for fastening the cup. A threaded sleeve equipped with two nuts, for the quick assembly of the cup holder to the lifting frame. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup and to keep at the same time a constant pressure with the load to be lifted. A rapid fitting for the connection to the suction hose. Their main feature is their miniaturised sizing which allows weight and space reduction and also to use very small cups, assuring, with cups being equal, the same performances as the bigger series. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.01

<

>

[Small cup holders for bellows cups]

They consist of: A brass stem for fastening the cup with support. A threaded sleeve equipped with two nuts, for the quick assembly of the cup holder to the lifting frame. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup and to keep at the same time a constant pressure with the load to be lifted. A rapid fitting for the connection to the suction hose. Their main feature is their miniaturised sizing which allows weight and space reduction and also to use very small cups, assuring, with cups being equal, the same performances as the bigger series.
Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 4 x 6

N.B.

Art.
20 06 50 20 08 50 20 11 16 20 11 50 20 15 23 20 16 30 20 18 23 20 18 50 20 19 17 20 20 23 20 22 19 20 25 35 20 30 32 20 30 50 20 34 26 20 40 42 20 40 50 20 43 28

Force Kg.
0.07 0.12 0.23 0.23 0.44 0.50 0.63 0.63 0.70 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.76 1.76 2.26 3.14 3.14 3.62

A
17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5

B
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

C
35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5 35.5

D
6.0 8.0 11.0 11.0 15.0 16.0 18.0 18.0 19.0 20.0 22.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 34.0 40.0 40.0 43.0

E
20.0 20.0 25.0 20.0 28.0 25.0 28.0 26.0 22.0 28.0 24.0 40.0 37.0 43.0 31.0 47.0 28.0 33.0

F
12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25

L
103.0 103.0 104.0 103.0 111.0 108.0 111.0 109.0 105.0 111.0 107.0 123.0 120.0 126.0 114.0 130.0 111.0 116.0

Art. Cup
01 06 50 01 08 50 01 11 16 01 11 50 01 15 23 01 16 20 01 18 23 01 18 50 01 19 17 01 20 23 01 22 19 01 25 35 01 30 32 01 30 50 01 34 26 01 40 42 01 40 50 01 43 28

Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.02

<

>

[Small cup holders]

They consist of: A brass stem for fastening the cup with 1/8 or 1/4 gas male support. A threaded sleeve for the quick assembly of the cup holder to the lifting frame. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup and to keep at the same time a constant pressure with the load to be lifted. A rapid fitting for the connection to the suction hose. Their main feature is their miniaturised sizing which allows weight and space reduction and also to use very small cups, assuring, with cups being equal, the same performances as the bigger series.

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 4 x 6

Art.
20 10 38 20 10 48 20 80 25

A
17.5 17.5 3.0

B
30 30 30

C
35.5 35.5 37.0

D
1/8 1/4 1/8

E
14 14 15

F
12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25

G
14.0 16.5 15.0

H
--16.5

L
97 97 85

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.03

<

>

[Small cup holders with built-in spring]

They consist of: A stem in anodized aluminium for fastening the cup with 1/8 gas male support. A threaded sleeve, screwed on the cup holder stem to avoid rotation. A threaded brass bush for the quick fastening of the cup holder with the automatic device, having a longitudinal slot fit for sliding of the threaded sleeve. A spring, placed inside the bush, to cushion the impact of the cup with the load to be lifted. A rapid fitting for the connection to the suction hose. Their main feature is the miniaturised sizing which allows weight and space reduction and also to use very small cups, assuring, with cups being equal, the same performances as the bigger series.

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 4 x 6

Art.
20 80 15 20 80 20

A
20 20

B
22 32

C
15 20

D
1/8 1/8

E
15 15

F
10x0.75 15x1.00

G
15 15

H
16.5 16.5

L
72 87

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.04

<

>

[Small cup holders with compact stroke]

They consist of: A brass stem for fastening the cup. A hexagonal threaded sleeve, equipped with a nut, for the quick assembly of the cup holder to the lifting frame. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup and to keep at the same time a constant pressure with the load to be lifted. A fitting for the connection to the suction hose. The shorter stroke and their particular shape have permitted a further reduction of size and weight, in comparison with the normal small cup holders. They are suitable for small cups from a diameter of 10 mm to 30 mm. N.B.
Cup holder with straight hose tail for plastic hose

Art.
20 10 10 20 12 10 20 15 10 20 18 10 20 20 10 20 22 10 20 25 10 20 30 10

Force Kg.
0.19 0.28 0.44 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.76

A
2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

B
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

C
12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4 12.4

D
10 12 15 18 20 22 25 30

E
21 21 22 22 22 23 26 26

F
12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25

L
51 51 52 52 52 53 56 56

Art. Cup
01 10 10 01 12 10 01 15 10 01 18 10 01 20 10 01 22 10 01 25 15 01 30 15

Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.05

<

>

[Small cup holders with integral bush]

They consist of: A brass stem for fastening of the cup. A hexagonal bush threaded for the assembling of the cup holder directly to the vacuum manifold. A spring, to cushion the impact of the cup and also to keep a constant pressure on the load to be lifted. Besides the small sizes of the cup holder, their particular shape allows the direct assembling to the vacuum manifold, saving time and eliminating pipes and fittings. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

Art.
20 25 11 20 30 11 20 35 11 20 40 11 20 45 11

Force Kg.
1.23 1.76 2.40 3.14 3.98

A
2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

B
24 24 24 24 24

C
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4

D
25 30 35 40 45

E
21 22 21 23 28

F
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

L
74 75 74 76 81

Art. Cup
01 25 15 01 30 15 01 35 15 01 40 15 01 45 15

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.06

<

>

[Small cup holders with plunger valve]

They have the same features of the small cup holders but are inclusive of a plunger valve, integral to a conical valve, which function is to open the suction (and therefore to produce vacuum) only when the cup is in contact with the load to be lifted. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 4 x 6

Art.
20 12 60 20 15 60 20 18 60 20 20 60 20 22 60 20 25 60 20 30 60 20 35 60 20 40 60

Force Kg.
0.28 0.44 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.76 2.40 3.14

A
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

B
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

C
35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

D
12 15 18 20 22 25 30 35 40

E
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

F
12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25

G
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

H
11 12 12 12 13 16 17 16 18

L
118 119 119 119 120 123 124 123 125

Art. Cup
01 12 10 O1 15 10 01 18 10 01 20 10 01 22 10 01 25 15 O1 30 15 01 35 15 01 40 15

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.07

<

>

[Small cup holders with plunger valve and integral bush]

They have the same features of the small cup holders with plunger valve described on the previous page; they distinguish themselves by a threaded hexagonal bush, which allows the direct assembling to the vacuum manifold, saving time and eliminating pipes and fittings. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

Art.
20 12 65 20 15 65 20 18 65 20 20 65 20 22 65 20 25 65 20 30 65 20 35 65 20 40 65

Force Kg.
0.28 0.44 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.76 2.40 3.14

A
2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

B
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

C
26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4 26.4

D
12 15 18 20 22 25 30 35 40

E
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

F
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

G
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

H
11 12 12 12 13 16 17 16 18

L
88 89 89 89 90 93 94 93 95

Art. Cup
01 12 10 01 15 10 01 18 10 01 20 10 01 22 10 01 25 15 01 30 15 01 35 15 01 40 15

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.08

<

>

[Small cup holders with plunger valve, unsprung]

They have the same function as the previously described small cup holders with plunger valve, but in order to further reduce overall dimensions, the cushioning spring, the threaded pipe with nuts for fixing to the machine and the rapid fitting have been removed. This kind of cup holder should be directly assembled onto the vacuum manifold; in order to allow a quick assembly, the final part is provided with a threaded spigot. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

Art.
20 12 61 20 15 61 20 18 61 20 20 61 20 22 61 20 25 61 20 30 61 20 35 61 20 40 61

Force Kg.
0.28 0.44 0.63 0.78 0.95 1.23 1.76 2.40 3.14

A
8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

B
24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24

C
11 12 12 12 13 16 17 16 18

D
12 15 18 20 22 25 30 35 40

E
43 44 44 44 45 48 49 48 50

F
1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

G
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Art. Cup
01 12 10 01 15 10 01 18 10 01 20 10 01 22 10 01 25 15 01 30 15 01 35 15 01 40 15

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.09

<

>

[Non-rotating small cup holders]

Similar in design and specifications to the previously described small cup holders, apart from the brass stem which has a hexagonal section and not a circular one and the respective steel bush that also has a hexagonal hole. This shape does not allow the stem to turn on its axis and consequently also the cup, integral with the stem, cannot turn. They are suitable for cups having a minimum diameter of 10 mm and a maximum diameter of 60 mm, but they have been particularly designed to fasten rectangular, concave or elliptic cups.

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 4 x 6

Art.
20 95 08 20 95 28 20 95 38

A
17.5 17.5 17.5

B
30 30 30

C
35.5 35.5 35.5

D
M8 1/8 1/8

E
6 8 16

F
12x1.25 12x1.25 12x1.25

G
-5 --

L
83 83 83

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.10

<

>

[Small cup holders with magnetic sensor]

These cup holders have the same sizes as the small cup holders. They are equipped with a magnetic sensor which provides an electric signal to the machine every time the vacuum cup has made contact with the load to be lifted. Thanks to this feature, their application is recommended on work counter manipulators, on boxing machines and in all those cases where the absolute certainty of the presence of the picked up thing is required. Developed to hold bars of chocolate, snacks, brioches and similar products, at present they are produced in the shape shown on this page; however, upon request, they can be made with different cup types. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 4 x 6

Art.
20 99 02

A
17.5

B
30

C
35.5

D
28

E
40

F
12x1.25

G
18

H
20

I
10

L
123

Art. Cup
01 19 17

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.11

<

>

[Basic cup holders]

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
02 25 10 02 25 15 02 27 24 02 30 10 02 30 15 02 30 24 02 32 36 02 35 10 02 35 15 02 40 15 02 45 10 02 45 15 02 50 20 02 50 40 02 54 18 02 56 15 02 60 10 02 65 15 02 65 28 02 75 40 02 76 24 02 80 20 02 85 10 02 85 15 02 90 24 02 100 40 02 100 50 02 110 10 02 110 15 02 110 24

Force Kg.
1.23 1.23 1.43 1.76 1.76 1.76 2.00 2.40 2.40 3.14 3.98 3.98 4.90 4.90 5.70 6.15 7.06 8.29 8.29 11.04 11.33 12.56 14.18 14.18 15.89 19.62 19.62 23.74 23.74 23.74

A
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

B
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

*C
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

D
---------------56 -65 ---80 -85 ---114 110 --

D1
25 25 27 30 30 30 32 35 35 40 45 45 50 50 54 -60 -65 75 76 -85 -90 100 100 --110

E
23 31 23 23 32 39 51 23 31 33 33 38 35 41 33 34 37 32 43 50 49 35 56 32 49 51 55.5 32 41 49

F
M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20

L1

Art. Cup
01 25 10 01 25 15 01 27 24 01 30 10 01 30 15 01 30 24 01 32 36 01 35 10 01 35 15 01 40 15 01 45 10 01 45 15 01 50 20 08 50 40 01 54 18 01 56 15 01 60 10 01 65 15 01 65 28 08 75 40 08 76 24 01 80 20 01 85 10 01 85 15 08 90 24 08 100 40 08 100 50 01 110 10 08 110 15 08 110 24

ch17 123 -ch17 131 -ch17 123 -ch17 123 -ch17 132 -ch17 139 -ch17 151 -ch17 123 -ch17 131 -ch17 133 -ch20 133 -ch20 138 -ch20 135 -ch20 141 -ch20 133 -ch20 -- 134 ch20 137 -ch20 -- 132 ch20 143 -ch20 150 -ch20 149 -ch20 -- 135 ch20 156 -ch20 -- 132 ch20 149 -ch20 151 -ch20 155.5 -ch20 -- 132 ch20 -- 141 ch20 149 --

Although the basic cup holders are manufactured in a simple and rational way, they guarantee maximum sturdiness and lasting and consist of: A brass stem for fastening the cup. A threaded sleeve equipped with two nuts, for quick assembly of the cup holder to the machine. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup and to keep at the same time a constant pressure with the load to be lifted. A rapid fitting for the connection to the suction hose. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 28 mm 16 C = 65 mm 49 C = 95 mm 74

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request. * Available also with size C mm. 65 and mm. 95.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.12

<

>

[Basic cup holders for bellows cups]

These are the same basic cup holders described on the previous page, with the same specifications, suitable for bellows cups. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 28 mm 16 C = 65 mm 49 C = 95 mm 74
Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
02 25 35 02 30 32 02 30 50 02 34 26 02 40 30 02 40 42 02 40 50 02 40 60 02 43 28 02 50 30 02 50 50 02 50 53 02 52 50 02 53 35 02 56 30 02 60 30 02 60 50 02 75 30 02 75 42 02 85 30 02 85 50

Force Kg.
1.23 1.76 1.76 2.26 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.14 3.62 4.90 4.90 4.90 5.30 5.51 6.15 7.06 7.06 11.04 11.04 14.18 14.18

A
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

B
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

*C
28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28

D
25 30 30 34 40 40 40 40 43 50 50 50 52 53 56 60 60 75 75 85 85

E
50 47 53 41 67 57 38 84 43 69 87 68 57 41 33 71 91 69 57 82 110

F
M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20

G
ch17 ch20 ch17 ch17 ch20 ch20 ch17 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20

L
150 147 153 141 167 157 138 184 143 169 187 168 157 141 133 171 191 169 157 182 210

Art. Cup
01 25 35 01 30 32 01 30 50 01 34 26 08 40 30 01 40 42 01 40 50 08 40 60 01 43 28 08 50 30 08 50 50 01 50 53 01 52 50 01 53 35 01 56 30 08 60 30 08 60 50 01 75 30 01 75 42 08 85 30 08 85 50

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request. * Available also with size C mm. 65 and mm. 95.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.13

<

>

[Basic cup holders with threaded male or female connections]

These cup holders have the same features and give the same performance of those previously described; they distinguish themselves for the brass stem, whose end for the cup fixing has a male or female thread. The cups, which can be assembled to these cup holders, need a suitable threaded support. N.B. The real strokes are: C = 28 C = 65 C = 95 mm 16 mm 49 mm 74

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
02 08 28 02 08 65 02 08 95 02 08 28 M 02 08 65 M 02 08 95 M 02 10 28 02 10 65 02 10 95 02 10 28 M 02 10 65 M 02 10 95 M 02 12 28 02 12 65 02 12 95 02 12 28 M 02 12 65 M 02 12 95 M

A
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32

B
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

C
28 65 95 28 65 95 28 65 95 28 65 95 28 65 95 28 65 95

D
1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

E
15 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 15 15 15 25 25 25 15 15 15

F
M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20

G
ch17 ch17 ch17 ch17 ch17 ch17 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20 ch20

H
8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10

I
8 8 8 15 15 15 17 17 17 -

L
115 152 182 123 160 190 120 157 187 124 161 191 125 162 192 125 162 192

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.14

<

>

[Basic cup holders with plunger valve]

They have the same mechanical features as the basic cup holders but are inclusive of a plunger valve, integral to a conical valve, which allows to produce vacuum in the cup only when it is in contact with the load to be lifted. They are available for different cup diameters and, upon request, they can be made with stainless materials. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 28 mm 16 C = 65 mm 49 C = 95 mm 74

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
03 45 10 03 60 10 03 65 15 03 80 20 03 85 10 03 85 15 03110 10

Force Kg.
3.98 7.06 8.29 12.56 14.18 14.18 23.74

A
32 32 32 32 32 32 32

B
40 40 40 40 40 40 40

*C
28 28 28 28 28 28 28

D
--65 80 -85 114

D1
45 60 --85 ---

E
70 72 70 73 92 70 70

F
M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20 M20

G
2 2 2 3 3 2 2

L
170 172 ----192 -----

L1
----170 173 --170 170

Art. Cup
01 45 10 01 60 10 01 65 15 01 80 20 01 85 10 01 85 15 01 110 10

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request. * Available also with size C mm. 65 and mm. 95.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.15

<

>

[Basic cup holders with plunger valve, unsprung]

They have the same function as the previously described basic cup holders with plunger valve, but in order to further reduce overall dimensions, the cushioning spring, the threaded pipe with nuts for fixing to the machine and the rapid fitting have been removed. This kind of cup holder should be directly assembled onto the vacuum manifold; in order to allow a quick assembly, the final part is provided with a threaded spigot. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

Art.
03 45 11 03 60 11 03 65 16 03 80 21 03 85 11 03 85 16 03 110 11 03 50 41 03 75 41 03 100 41 03 100 51

Force Kg.
3.98 7.06 8.29 12.56 14.18 14.18 23.74 4.90 11.04 19.62 19.62

A
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 13 13 13 13

B
70.0 72.0 70.0 73.0 92.0 70.0 70.0 46.0 55.0 56.0 60.5

C
2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

D
--65 80 -85 114 50 75 100 100

D1
45 60 --85 -------

E
85.0 87.0 --107.0 --59.0 68.0 69.0 73.5

E1
--85 88 -85 85 -----

F
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8

Art. Cup
01 45 10 01 60 10 01 65 15 01 80 20 01 85 10 01 85 15 01 110 10 08 50 40 08 75 40 08 100 40 08 100 50

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.16

<

>

[Basic cup holders with built-in self-closing valve]

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
02 99 28 02 99 65 02 99 95

A
32 32 32

B
40 40 40

C
28 65 95

D
1/4 1/4 1/4

E
30 30 30

F
M20 M20 M20

L
130 167 197

They have all the technical specifications of the basic cup holders but include a built-in selfclosing valve. The purpose of self-closing valves is to automatically close suction when the cup is not in contact with the surface of the load to be taken or when there is a faulty grip or there is a remarkable transpiration, thus avoiding the reduction of the vacuum degree on the remaining cups of the system which are regularly taking the load. The advantage which results from this is obvious, because with this system there is no need to check positioning or to exclude the cups which are not involved in the grip. Cups having a minimum diameter of 35 mm and a maximum diameter of 85 mm can be mounted on these cup holders, provided that they have a male 1/4 gas threaded support. For your selection check our catalogues on page cups with support. N.B. The real strokes are: C = 28 C = 65 C = 95 mm 16 mm 49 mm 74

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.17

<

>

[Non-rotating basic cup holders]

Similar in design and specifications to the previously described basic cup holders, apart from the brass stem which has a hexagonal section and not a circular one and the respective steel bush that also has a hexagonal hole. This shape does not allow the stem to turn on its axis and consequently also the cup, integral with the stem, cannot turn. The bush is provided with two ring nuts with fine thread for a good accuracy of fastening of the cup holder to the automatism. They are suitable for cups having a minimum diameter of 45 mm and a maximum diameter of 110 mm, but they have been particularly designed to fasten rectangular, concave or elliptic cups.
Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
02 95 28 02 95 65 02 95 95

A
32 32 32

B
40 40 40

C
28 65 95

D
M12 M12 M12

E
15 15 15

F
20x1 20x1 20x1

G
10 10 10

L
125 162 192

N.B. The real strokes are: C = 28 C = 65 C = 95 mm 16 mm 49 mm 74

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.18

<

>

[Basic articulated cup holders]

Technical and mechanical features are the same as the series of basic cup holders; the addition of an articulated joint in hardened steel allows the flat cups assembled on these cup holders to conform to loads to be lifted having lightly oblique surfaces or to compensate possible verticality errors that often occur between the cup holder and the machine link. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 28 mm 16 C = 65 mm 49 C = 95 mm 74

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
02 65 20 02 85 20 02 110 20 02 110 22

Force Kg.
8.29 14.18 23.74 23.74

A
21 21 26 26

B
37 37 37 46

*C
28 28 28 28

D
65 85 114 110

E
5 5 5 5

F
M20 M20 M20 M20

G
52 52 52 61

H
40 40 40 40

I
5 5 5 5

L
130 130 130 139

Art. Cup
01 65 15 01 85 15 01 110 10 08 110 40M8

* Available also with size C mm. 65 and mm. 95.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.19

<

>

[Special cup holders]

Developed for lifting heavy bodies and to support hard and continuous duties in particularly dusty or damp environments, our special cup holders consist of: A chromium plated steel stem for the fastening of the cup, complete with rapid fitting for the connection to the suction hose. A threaded support in brass, with self-luricating bushes, equipped with two ring nuts for fastening the cup holder to the machine. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup with the load to be lifted. A cup, that can be supplied in different shapes and sizes and different compounds, to be specified when ordering.
Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
06 85 10 06 85 15 06 90 24 06 100 40 06 100 50 06 110 10 06 110 15 06 110 24 06 150 10 06 150 36

Force Kg.
14.18 14.18 15.89 19.62 19.62 23.74 23.74 23.74 45.00 45.00

A
46 22 29 31 35.5 22 31 29 28 41

B
39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 39

*C
55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

D
-85 ---114 110 -154 --

D1
85 -90 100 100 --110 -150

E
31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31

F
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

G
43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43

ch
17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17

L
190 --173 175 ----173 --185

L1
--166 ------166 175 --172 ---

Art. Cup
01 85 10 01 85 15 08 90 24 08 100 40 08 100 50 01 110 10 08 110 15 08 110 24 01 150 10 08 150 36

N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

17 179.5

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request. * Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.20

<

>

[Special cup holders]

Developed for lifting heavy bodies and to support hard and continuous duties in particularly dusty or damp environments, the special cup holders of this series consist of: A chromium plated steel stem for the fastening of the cup. A brass threaded support, with self-lubricating bushes, supplied with two ring nuts for fastening the cup holder to the machine. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup with the load to be lifted. A special cup, that can be supplied in different diameters and compounds, to be specified when ordering. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose

Art.
06 150 15 06 200 10 06 220 10N 06 220 10A 06 250 10 06 300 10 06 350 10

Force Kg.
45.0 78.5 63.6 78.5 122.6 176.6 240.0

A
--35 21 ----

B
40.0 47.5 70.0 70.0 72.5 89.0 89.0

*C
55 55 55 55 55 55 55

D
150 200 ----250 300 350

D1
----220 220 -------

E
26 28 --28 31 31

F
9 9 9 9 9 16 16

L
----153 139 -------

L1
144 146 ----146 149 149

Art. Cup
08 150 15 08 200 10 01 220 10N 01 220 10A 08 250 10 08 300 10 08 350 10

* Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.21

<

>

[Special cup holders for bellows cups]

Designed for gripping and the lifting heavy slabs or panels and to bear hard and continuous duties in particularly dusty or damp environments, these special cup holders consist of: A chromium plated steel stem for attachment to the cup, complete with a rapid fitting connection to the suction hose. A brass threaded support, with self-lubricating bushes, supplied with two ring nuts for fastening the cup holder to the machine. A spring to cushion the impact of the cup with the load being lifted. A special bellows cup that can be supplied in different diameters and compounds, to be specified when ordering. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 9 x 12

Art.
06 75 42 06 110 30 06 110 58 06 150 30 06 150 74 06 180 30 06 250 30

Force Kg.
11.93 23.74 23.74 45.00 45.00 63.50 122.60

A
42 -58 -74 ---

B
-45 -60 -70 100

*C
55 55 55 55 55 55 55

D
78 110 110 150 150 180 250

E
32 32 32 32 32 32 32

F
9 9 9 9 9 9 9

G
51 51 51 51 51 51 51

ch
19 19 19 19 19 19 19

L
197 200 213 215 229 225 255

Art. Cup
01 75 42 08 110 30 01 110 58 08 150 30 01 150 74 08 180 30 08 250 30

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request. * Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.22

<

>

[Special cup holders with plunger valve]

They have the same mechanical features as the special cup holders but are inclusive of a plunger valve, integral to a conical valve, which has the function to open the suction (and therefore to produce vacuum) only when the cup is in contact with the load to be lifted. Using these cup holders avoids the need for cocks on the vacuum connection hose and is recommended in all those cases where there is the possibility that not all cups will stick to the load to be lifted (because of uneven or incomplete load). N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
06 85 20 06 85 22 06 110 20 06 150 20

Force Kg.
13.50 14.18 23.74 45.00

A
81 ----

B
-65 65 71

*C
55 55 55 55

D
-85 114 154

D1
85 ----

H
3 ----

H1
-2 2 2

L
225 -------

L1
--209 209 215

Art. Cup
01 85 10 01 85 15 01 110 10 01 150 10

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request. * Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.23

<

>

[Special cup holders with plunger valve]

They have the same mechanical features as the special cup holders but are inclusive of a plunger valve, fitted on the cup support, which has the function to open the suction (and therefore to produce vacuum) only when the cup is in contact with the load to be lifted. Using this type of cup holders avoids the need for cocks on the vacuum connection hose and is recommended in all those cases where there is the possibility that not all cups will stick to the load to be lifted (because of uneven or incomplete load). This plunger valve can be fitted, without any modification, also on the special articulated cup holders. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84
Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 9 x 12

Art.
06 150 22 06 200 20 06 250 20 06 300 20 06 350 20

Force Kg.
45.0 78.5 122.6 176.6 240.0

A
26 28 28 31 31

B
40.0 47.5 72.5 89.0 89.0

*C
55 55 55 55 55

D
150 200 250 300 350

L
144 146 146 149 149

Art. Cup
08 150 15 08 200 10 08 250 10 08 300 10 08 350 10

* Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.24

<

>

[Special cup holders with built-in self-closing valve]

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
06 99 55 06 99 110

A
16 16

B
11 11

C
55 110

D
3/8 3/8

L
160 215

They have all the technical specifications of the special cup holders but include a built-in selfclosing valve. The purpose of self-closing valves is to automatically close suction when the cup is not in contact with the surface of the load to be taken or when there is a faulty grip or there is a remarkable transpiration, thus avoiding the reduction of the vacuum degree on the remaining cups of the system which are regularly taking the load. The advantage which results from this is obvious, because with this system there is no need to check positioning or to exclude the cups which are not involved in the grip. Cups having a minimum diameter of 85 mm and a maximum diameter of 150 mm can be mounted on these cup holders, provided that they have a female 3/8 gas threaded support. N.B. The real strokes are: C = 55 C = 110 mm 37 mm 84

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.25

<

>

[Special articulated cup holders]

These cup holders, equipped with a special ball joint in hardened steel, allow the cup to fit itself to the surface of the load to be lifted, even if it is not perfectly parallel to the cup itself or to compensate possible verticality errors that often occur between the cup holder and the fixing group of the machine. Technical and constructive features are the same as the ones of the special cup holders previously described. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose

Art.
06 110 12 06 110 17 06 150 12 06 150 17 06 200 12 06 220 12N 06 220 12A 06 250 12 06 300 12 06 350 12

Force Kg.
23.74 23.74 45.00 45.00 78.50 63.60 78.50 122.60 176.60 240.00

A
26.0 26.0 30.0 40.0 47.5 70.0 70.0 72.5 89.0 89.0

B
77 86 83 86 88 95 81 88 115 115

*C
55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

D
114 --154 ----220 220 -------

D1
--110 --150 200 ----250 300 350

L
195 204 201 204 206 213 199 206 233 233

X
38 47 44 50 52 59 45 52 54 54

Y
6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 16 16

ch ch1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 30 30

Art. Cup
01 110 10 08 110 15 01 150 10 08 150 15 08 200 10 01 220 10N 01 220 10A 08 250 10 08 300 10 08 350 10

* Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.26

<

>

[Special articulated cup holders]

The special articulated cup holders shown on this page are different from those previously described, having the seat of the articulated joint bored in the cup support. Using this method, it has been possible to reduce the sizes without changing its technical features. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose

Art.
06 110 32 06 150 32

Force Kg.
23.74 45.00

A
33 39

B
42.5 48.5

*C
55 55

D
114 154

E
6 6

ch
22 22

L
160.5 166.5

Art. Cup
01 110 10 01 150 10

* Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.27

<

>

[Special articulated compact stroke cup holders]

Generally, the handling of glass and marble slabs is achieved using vacuum cups, which pick up from a horizontal surface and then pivot the load them vertically or vice-versa. These special articulated cup holders with a shorter stroke have been developed to minimize the lever forces exerted during this action, which develops between the cup and the fixing bush of the machine during the slabs rotation. They have all the specifications of the special cup holders previously described, but with very small sizes, achieved by making the seat of the articulated joint out of the cup support. This reduces the length of the steel stem and spring stroke and by modifying the brass bush to allow connection directly to the machine. The cup incorporates a special anti-slip surface that prevents the load from slipping during the lift cycle.
Cup holder with rapid L-fitting for plastic hose

N.B.

Art.
06 110 42 06 127 42 06 150 42

Force Kg.
23.74 17.50 45.00

A
33.5 33.5 43.5

B
17 -23

C
29 29 29

D
114 -154

D1
-127 --

E
13.0 13.5 13.0

F
6 8 6

G
-26.7 --

L
-93.2 --

L1
83.5 -89.5

Art. Cup
01 110 10 01 127 15 01 150 10

Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.28

<

>

[Special cup holders with double spring mechanism]

All the previously described special cup holders can be supplied in the version WITH DOUBLE SPRING MECHANISM. The fixing support of the cup holder is placed between two springs: the lower one will cushion the impact of the cup, during the approaching phase, with the load to be lifted; while the upper one has the purpose to cushion the impact of the support with the final part of the cup holder and to gradually load the cup during the lifting phase. These models are particularly recommended when the load to be lifted is very heavy, rigid and has little flatness. In this page are described the special cup holders with double spring mechanism for cups 85 150 mm. N.B.
Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose 6 x 8

Art.
06 85 13 06 85 17 06 110 13 06 150 13

Force Kg.
13.50 14.18 23.74 45.00

A
46 ----

B
-22 22 28

*C
55 55 55 55

D
-85 114 154

D1
85 ----

L
245 -------

L1
--221 221 227

F
6 6 6 6

Art. Cup
01 85 10 01 85 15 01 110 10 01 150 10

Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

N.B. - L-type fitting is supplied only upon request. * Available also with size C mm. 110

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.29

<

>

[Special cup holders with double spring mechanism]

In this page are described the special cup holders with double spring mechanism for cups 150 350 mm. The fixing support of the cup holder is placed between two springs: the lower one will cushion the impact of the cup, during the approaching phase, with the load to be lifted, while the upper one has the purpose to cushion the impact of the support with the final part of the cup holder and to gradually load the cup during the lifting phase. These models are particularly recommended to handle very heavy loads, rigid and with little flatness. N.B. Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose

Art.
06 150 18 06 200 13 06 220 13N 06 220 13A 06 250 13 06 300 13 06 350 13

Force Kg.
45.0 78.5 63.6 78.5 122.6 176.6 240.0

A
--35 21 ----

B
40.0 47.5 --72.5 89.0 89.0

*C
55 55 55 55 55 55 55

D
150 200 ----250 300 350

D1
----220 220 -------

E
26 28 --28 31 31

F
9 9 9 9 9 16 16

L
----208 194 -------

L1
199 201 ----201 204 204

Art. Cup
08 150 15 08 200 10 01 220 10N 01 220 10A 08 250 10 08 300 10 08 350 10

* Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.30

<

>

[Special articulated cup holders with double spring mechanism]

These cup holders, equipped with a special ball joint in hardened steel, allow the cup to manipulate itself on the surface of the load to be lifted, even if it is not perfectly parallel to the cup or to compensate possible vertical errors that often occur between the cup holder and the machine. The support of the cup holder is placed between two springs: the lower one will cushion the impact of the cup, during the approaching phase, with the load to be lifted; while the upper one has the purpose to cushion the impact of the support with the final part of the cup holder and to gradually load the cup during the lifting phase. These models are particularly recommended when the load to be lifted is very heavy, rigid and has little flatness. The technical features are the same as the ones of the special cup holders previously described. N.B.
Cup holder with rapid straight fitting for plastic hose

Art.
06 110 14 06 110 18 06 150 14 06 150 19 06 200 14 06 220 14N 06 220 14A 06 250 14 06 300 14 06 350 14

Force Kg.
23.74 23.74 45.00 45.00 78.50 63.60 78.50 122.60 176.60 240.00

A
26.0 26.0 30.0 40.0 47.5 70.0 70.0 72.5 89.0 89.0

B
77 86 83 86 88 95 81 88 115 115

*C
55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55

D
114 --154 ----220 220 -------

D1
--110 --150 200 ----250 300 350

L
250 259 256 259 261 268 254 261 288 288

X
38 47 44 50 52 59 45 52 54 54

Y
6 6 6 9 9 9 9 9 16 16

Ch Ch1
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 30 30

Art. Cup
01 110 10 08 110 15 01 150 10 08 150 15 08 200 10 01 220 10N 01 220 10A 08 250 10 08 300 10 08 350 10

Cups are not included in the following part numbers of the cup holder and therefore, they must be ordered separately. The real strokes are: C = 55 mm 37 C = 110 mm 84

* Available also with size C mm. 110.

[Vacuum cup holders]

2.31

<

>

[ Instruments for vacuum

<<

measurement, checking and adjustment]

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]


Conversion tables for pressure and vacuum units Vacuum gauges Vacuum gauge with steel punch Small vacuum switch Pressure switches Vacuum switches Digital vacuum switch Digital pressure switch Pneumatic vacuum switches Vacuum regulators Regulators for low vacuum Vacuum regulators with pneumatic adjustment Vacuum relief valves page page page page page page page page page page page page 3.00 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 3.05 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.11

<

>

[Conversion tables]
mbar abs.
1000

torr abs.
760

inch. Hg vacuum
0
5 10 15 20

mmHg vacuum
0

bar vacuum
0

vacuum %
0

mbar abs
1000

1013,25

1013,25

500 500

0,5 500

50

500

100 100
50 50

25 26

27
700 28

0,9
0,95 95

90
50

100

29

10 10
5
5

29,5

750 0,99
755 0,995 99,5 5

29,7

99

10

29,9

1.33

759

1,33

0,75
0,5

29,97

759,24

0,999

99,9

0,5

0,9995 29,99

99,95

0,5

0,133

0,1

759,86

0,1
0,05

0,075
0,05

29,997

759,9

0,9999
0,99995

0,133

99,99
99,995

0,1
0,05

29,999

0,0133

0,01

759,98

0,0133

0,01

0,0075

29,9997

759,99

0,99999

99,999

0,01

= mbar
mbar bar torr inch. Hg psi (lbf/in2) atm Kg/cm (at) mm H2O m H2O Pa (N/m )
2 2

= bar
103 1 1,33 x 33,9 x 103 103

= torr
0,75 750,0 1 25,4 51,7 760,0 7356 7,35 x 102

= inch. Hg
2,95x 102 29,53 3,94 x 1 2,04 30,0 28,96 2,89 x 103 102

= psi (Ibf/in2)
14,5 x 103 14,6 1,93 x 102

= atm
9,87 x 104 0,987 1,316 x 3,34 x 103 102

= Kg/cm2 = mm H2O = m H2O (at)


1,02 x 103 1,02 1,359 x 3,45 x 103 102 10,2 10197,0 13,59 345,0 703 10332 10000 1 10000 105 0,102 1,02 x 102 10,19 1,359 x 103

= Pa (N/m2)
100,0 100000 133,32 3386,0 6897 101325,0 98067,0 9,8067 9806,7

x x x x x x x x x x

1 1000,0 1,33 33,9 68,9 1013,25 9,81 9,81 x 102

0,491 1 14,696 14,2 1,42 x 103

0,345 0,703 10,332 10 103 1 1,02 x 104

6,89 x 102 1,013 0,981 9,81 x 105

6,8 x 102 1 0,968 9,67 x 105

7,03 x 102 1,033 1 104 10 1,02 x

98,067 0,01

9,81 x 102 105

73,5 7,5 x 103

2,89 2,95 x 104

1,42 1,45 x 104

9,67 x 102 9,87 x 106

Example: to convert 10 mbar into Torr = 10 x 0,75 = 7,5 Torr

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

<

Conversion factors for pressure units (absolute values)


3.00

>

Conversion table for vacuum units

[Vacuum gauges]

09 01 10 09 01 16 09 02 10 09 03 10 09 03 15

09 05 10 09 05 16

The measurement method of our vacuum gauges is a Bourdon spring. It is made using section tubes in special copper alloy, one extremity is welded to the threaded pin of the vacuum gauge, thus forming a single body with it, the other closed extremity is free. By the increasing of the vacuum inside, it tends to warp from its original position (Bourdon effect). The movement of the free spring extremity gives the measure of the vacuum. In order to allow an easier reading, this movement is amplified by means of a connection lever and transmitted to the pointer. All these parts are enclosed in a strong metal case, containing the dial and the pointer that can be seen through a glass. Double scale Accuracy : from 0 to -1000 mbar from 0 to -100 KPa : 2,5% of scales 40 and 63; 1,6% of scales 63 in glycerine filled types; 1% of scale 100. : coaxial or radial : from -10C to +50C

Art.
09 01 10 09 01 16 09 02 10 09 03 10 09 03 15 09 05 10 09 05 16

A
063 063
100

B
-----87 87

B
85 85 132 -----

C
49 59 52 49 41 27 37

D
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/8 1/4 1/4

E
21 22 21 21 16 9 11

F
-----18 26

F
3.5 3.5 4.5 -----

G
24 33 26 25 23 ---

H
4 4 5 3 2 ---

I
75 75 116 -----

Connection Temperature range

063 040 063


68

Arts. 09 ..16 are glycerine filled vacuum gauges. The above described vacuum gauges are manufactured in compliance with all the safety rules and measurement units in force.

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.01

<

>

[Vacuum gauge with steel punch]

The vacuum gauge with punch has been manufactured in order to allow to immediately measure the vacuum degree inside tins and food containers in general. The glycerine filled vacuum gauge art. 09 05 16 used for this application (features are described on the previous page), is provided with a hardened steel punch in order to easily make holes into containers and a cup in silicone compound to guarantee a vacuum seal after punching. It is available in a standard version, which is the one shown on this page, but it can also be supplied in other versions upon request.

Art.
09 05 99

A
68

B
110

C
42

D
40

E
92

F
18

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.02

<

>

[Small vacuum switch]

This vacuum s witch ha ving ver y small dimensions, provides an electric signal when a given adjustable vacuum degree is reached. The pressure differential existing between the set maximum value and the value of reset of the rest signal is 50 60 mbar and it is not adjustable. It is particularly suitable where an electrical signal is needed when a certain vacuum degree is reached, for safety, for starting a cycle, for checking the grip of the cups etc. Technical features : Art. 12 02 10 Adjustment range: from 930 to 10 mbar abs. Repeatability: 1,5 mbar. Contacts: one in commutation Contacts capacity: 3A at 250V A. C. Electrical connections: fast-on terminals mod. 110. Room temperature: from 25C to +85C. Protection: IP 55.

Art.
12 02 10

A
30

B
4

C
22

D
4

E
14

F
M4

G
64.5

H
1/8

I
35

L
44

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.03

<

>

[Pressure switches Vacuum switches]

The pressure switches-vacuum switches of the series 836 are compact units, strong and accurate and they can be used in a variety of applications. The feature of the control is a quick tripping precision microswitch, equipped with silver contacts. Normal industrial vibrations have no effect on the efficient opening and closing of the contacts. The particular linear construction, relatively friction free, assures a precise and reliable operation independent of the pressure switch mounting angle. The Long Life bellows with which they are equipped, are made of copper alloy and can be used for air, water, oil, liquids, vapours, gas circuits, provided that all these agents are not corrosive.

Pos.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Common contact Microswitch Differential index Basic pressure index Basic pressure scale Exchange contacts Differential scale Pressure adjustment Differential adjustment

Description
Model 836-C6A Adjustment range: from 0 to 8 bar (a). Differential: from 133 to 1200 mbar. Maximum line pressure: 21 bar (a). Model 836-C2A Adjustment range: from 0 to 1,7 bar (a). Differential: from 26 to 280 mbar. Maximum line pressure: 4,5 bar (a). Contact features: 125 VA with A.C. from 24 to 600 Volt. 57,5 VA with D.C. from 115 to 230 volt. Rated current for non inductive loads. A.C.: 5 Ampere at 240 Volt /3 Ampere at 600 Volts. Contacts are unipolar with double interruption. THIS INSTRUMENT APPEARS IN THE U.L. LISTS AND IS APPROVED BY C.S.A.

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.04

<

>

[Digital vacuum switch]

ELECTRICAL FEATURES AND DATA


Adjustment range Supply voltage Current input Switch outputs Display tolerance Response time Switch frequency Hysteresis Repeatability Display Insulation resistance Proof voltage Class of protection

ART. 12 10 10
from 0 to 1 bar(g) 10.8 30 VDC (protection against polarity reversal) 55 mA to programme; 35 mA during operation 2 digital PNP, NO or NC, max switch power 250 mA 1% 2,5 ms 400 Hz Adjustable from 0 to 100% of the max set up value 0,2% of measuring range LED 3 digit 7segment display < 100 M at 500 VDC 1000 VDC 1 min IP 65

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Position of installation Measuring fluids Working temperature Storage temperature Emitted interference Interference immunity anywhere non-corrosive gases and dry air 0 +50C -20 +80 C according to EN 50081-1 according to EN 50082-2

MECHANICAL FEATURES AND DATA


Container Connections Weight Electrical connector Connection to fluid plastics ABS-PC nickel-plated brass ~ 25 g. M8-4 pin plug thread G 1/8 external, M5 internal with axial connector, mt 5 - PUR M8 x 1 x 0,25 mm - Item No. 00 12 20 with radial connector, mt 5 - PUR M8 x 1 x 0,25 mm - Item No. 00 12 21 adaptor flange with bracket, OR and screws. - Item No. 00 12 22

ACCESSORIES
Electrical connection cable Electric connection cable Kit for fixing to wall

This vacuum switch is a real innovation in the field of vacuum checking and measurement. Contained in a sturdy ABS-capsule, the vacuum switch is compact and extremely light; these features allow installation on the machine and close to the application. The digital vacuum switch, accurately calibrated and compensated for temperatures, is able to give very precise measurements values. The measured values are shown on the display, making vacuum gauges redundant. Two LED, one red and one green, built into the small control panel, show the switch state of the two output digital signals. The two switch outputs are completely independent. The switch point between 0 and 1 bar as well as the hysteresis from 0 to 100% of the set up value can be easily programmed by the means of the small push buttons incorporated in the small control panel. Also, other functions can be programmed, such as the comparison between two values, contacts N.O. and N.C., choice of the vacuum unit, lock of the values and the programmed functions, reversible display, etc. This switch can be rotated freely, without unscrewing it from the vacuum connection, to orientate the display in the required position. The vacuum connection is dual threaded: G 1/8 external and M5 internal. The electrical connection is an M8 4-pin threaded plug and upon request the connection cable is available in PUR, with an axial or radial connector. Digital vacuum switch are suitable for the measurement and the control of dry air and non-corrosive gases. It is recommended for use in a vacuum circuit where determination of a safe vacuum level is required prior to the start of a production cycle, for the grip control of a vacuum cup(s), etc. Also with the adjustable hysteresis, it is possible to control the compressed air for vacuum generators, allowing a considerable energy saving.

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.05

<

>

[Digital pressure switch]

ELECTRICAL FEATURES AND DATA


Adjustment range Supply voltage Current input Switch outputs Display tolerance Response time Switch frequency Hysteresis Repeatability Display Insulation resistance Proof voltage Class of protection

ART. 12 25 10
from 0 to 10 bar (g) 10.8 30 VDC (protection against polarity reversal) 55 mA to programme; 35 mA during operation 2 digital PNP, NO or NC, max switch power 250 mA 1% 2,5 ms 400 Hz Adjustable from 0 to 100% of the max set up value 0,2% of measuring range LED 3 digit, 7 segment display <100 M at 500 VDC 1000 VDC -1 min IP 65

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Position of installation Measuring fluids Working temperature Storage temperature Emitted interference Interference immunity anywhere non-corrosive gases and dry air 0 +50 C -20 +80 C conforme alla norma EN 50081-1 conforme alla norma EN 50082-2

MECHANICAL FEATURES AND DATA


Container Connections Weight Electrical connector Connection to fluid plastic ABS-PC nickel-plated brass ~45 g. M8-4 pin plug G 1/8 female thread with an axial connector, mt 5 - PUR M8 x 1 x 0,25 mm - Item No. 00 12 20 with a radial connector, mt 5 - PUR M8 x 1 x 0,25 mm - Item No. 00 12 21 adaptator flange with bracket, spacers and screws. - Item No. 00 12 23

ACCESSORIES
Electrical connection cable Electrical connection cable Kit for fixing to wall

Contained in a sturdy ABS-capsule, the pressure switch is compact and extremely light; these features allowing installation directly on the machine and close to the application. The digital pressure switch, accurately calibrated and compensated for temperatures, offers a very precise measurement. The measured values are shown on the display, making external pressure gauges redundant. Two LED, one red and one green, installed in the small control panel, show the switch state of the two output digital signals. The two switch outputs are completely independent. The switch point between 0 and 10 bar(g) as well as the hysteresis from 0 to 100% of the set value can be easily programmed by the means of the small push buttons incorporated in the small control panel. Also, other functions can be programmed, such as the comparison between two values, N.O. and N.C. contacts, unit of measurement choice, locking of the values and of the programmed functions, etc. The pneumatic connection is a G 1/8 female thread. The electrical connection is an M8 4 pin threaded plug; upon request a connection cable is available in PUR, with an axial or radial connector. This digital pressure switch is suitable for the measurement and the control of dry air and noncorrosive gases. It is recommended when a signal is required to indicate that a certain pressure level has been achieved, a safety circuit, to start a work cycle or to keep the working pressure inside pre-selected values, etc.

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.06

<

>

[Pneumatic vacuum switches]

These vacuum switches having very small dimensions, either give or remove a pneumatic signal, according to the model, when a given adjustable vacuum degree is reached. The pressure differential existing between the set maximum value and the value of reset of the rest signal is not adjustable. They are particularly suitable to control vacuum generators and to operate pneumatic control valves. Technical features: Art. 12 01 30 Adjustment range: from 930 mbar to 50 mbar (a). Fixed differential: 70 mbar. Repeatability: 5 mbar. Signal: normally closed, on commutation. Supply pressure: 2 8 bar (g). Microvalve maximum capacity: 50 l/min. Room temperature: from -10C to +60C. Art. 12 02 30 Adjustment range: from 900 mbar to 40 mbar (a). Fixed differential: 100 mbar. Repeatability: 5 mbar. Signal: normally open, on commutation. Supply pressure: 2 8 bar (g). Microvalve maximum capacity: 50 l/min. Room temperature: from 10C to +60C.

Art.
12 01 30 12 02 30

A
30 30

B
4 4

C
22 22

D
4 4

E
14 14

F
M4 M4

G
57 57

H
1/8 1/8

I
35 35

L
47 47

M
8 8

N
4 4

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.07

<

>

[Vacuum regulators]

Distinctive features Vacuum regulators are used to adjust the preset vacuum degree, they keep it constant (secondary depression) regardless of the oscillations of the vacuum degree of the net (primary depression) and of the capacity. Their operation is with a membrane-piston and they take advantage of the pressure differential existing between the secondary depression and the atmospheric pressure. Unlike vacuum adjusting valves, regulators do not introduce air into the circuit, thus permitting to produce more grip points with different vacuum values, from only one depression source. Art. 09 03 10 Art. 09 03 15 per 11 01 10 11 02 10 Technical features: Operation: membrane-piston regulator. Adjustable operating pressure: from 800 to 1 mbar abs. Capacities: from 2 to 160 cum/h. Room temperature: from -10C to +80C. Mounting: any position. Applications The main use of the vacuum regulators is on the centralized plants where, independently of the vacuum degree of the plant, every grip can be adjusted within that value. It is also necessary every time that the working depression has to be lower than the primary depression.

Art.
11 01 10 11 02 10 11 03 10 11 04 10 11 05 10 11 06 10

A Max cap. B cum/h.


1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 006 010 020 040 080 160 47 47 53 55 60 54

F
040 040 055 070 090 130

G
060 060 085 100 120 160

H
20 20 25 30 30 20

O
1/8 1/8 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4

P
30 30 36 36 36 36

Q
40 40 63 63 63 63

42.0 10 42.0 10 52.0 15 55.5 15 58.0 15 77.5 15

6.5 089.0 40 6.5 089.0 40 8.5 105.0 50 8.5 110.5 50 8.5 118.0 60 8.5 131.5 99

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.08

<

>

[Regulators for low vacuum]

Distinctive features Vacuum regulators are used to adjust the preset vacuum degree, they keep it constant (secondary depression) regardless of the oscillations of the vacuum degree of the net (primary depression) and of the capacity. Their operation is with a membrane-piston and they take advantage of the pressure differential existing between the secondary depression and the atmospheric pressure. Unlike vacuum adjusting valves, regulators do not introduce air into the circuit, thus permitting to produce more grip points with different vacuum values, from only one depression source. Technical features: Operation: membrane-piston regulator. Adjustable operating pressure: from 980 to 1 mbar abs. Capacities: from 20 to 160 cum/h. Room temperature: from -10C to +80C. Mounting: any position. Applications The main use of the vacuum regulators is on the centralized plants where, independently of the vacuum degree of the plant, every grip can be adjusted within that value. It is also necessary every time that the working depression has to be lower than the primary depression.

Art.
11 03 50 11 05 50 11 06 50

A Max cap. B cum/h.


1/2 1 11/2 20 80 160 53 60 54

C
52 58

D
15 15

F
90 90 130

G
120 120 160

H
25 30 20

Q
63 63 63

8.5 105 8.5 118 8.5 131.5

60 1/4 36 100 1/4 36 99 1/4 36

77.5 15

N.B. - The vacuum gauge is supplied only upon request.

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.09

<

>

[Vacuum regulators with pneumatic adjustment]

Art. 09 03 10 Art. 09 03 15 per 11 01 30 11 02 30

Distinctive features Vacuum regulators are used to adjust the vacuum degree and to keep it constant at the preset value (secondary depression) independently of the capacity and of the oscillations of the vacuum degree of the pump or of the pumpset (primary depression). Unlike vacuum adjusting valves, regulators do not introduce air into the circuit, this permits to produce more grip points at different vacuum values, from one only depression source. Their operating principle is based on the contrasting action between a pneumatic cylinder with short stroke and a fluctuating piston driven by the pressure differential existing between the secondary depression and the atmospheric pressure. In order to adjust the vacuum degree of the regulator it is necessary to operate on the pressure of the compressed air for feeding the pneumatic cylinder: higher is the pressure, higher is the vacuum degree, and vice versa. Technical features: Supply pressure: from 0 to 3 bar(g) for the regulators Art. 11 .. 30; from 0 to 7 bar(g) for the regulators Art. 11 .. 80. Adjustable working pressure: from 800 to 1 mbar abs. for the regulators Art. 11 .. 30; from 980 to 1 mbar abs. for the regulators Art. 11 .. 80. Capacities: from 2 to 160 cum/h; Room temperature: from -10C to +80C. Mounting: any position. Applications Vacuum regulators are generally used on the centralized plants, where, independently of the vacuum degree of the plant, every vacuum point can be adjusted to its own value. It is also necessary every time that the working depression has to be lower than the primary depression and to be kept constant.

Art.
11 01 30 11 02 30 11 03 30 11 04 30 11 05 30 11 06 30 11 03 80 11 05 80 11 06 80

A Max cap. B cum/h.


1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/2 1/2 1 11/2 6 10 20 40 80 160 20 80 160

C D E F

G H

L M N

O P Q R S T
9 9 45 45 6 6

47 42 47 42 53 52 60 58

10 20 10.5 60 20 6.5 89 10 20 10.5 60 20 6.5 89 15 26 16.5 85 25 8.5 105 15 26 16.5 120 30 8.5 118

40 1/8 1/8 30 40 40 1/8 1/8 30 40

50 1/8 1/4 36 63 16.5 58 10.5 58 18 58 28 60 1/8 1/4 36 63 34

55 55.5 15 26 16.5 100 30 8.5 110.5 50 1/8 1/4 36 63 24

54 77.5 15 30 19.5 160 20 8.5 131.5 99 1/4 1/4 36 63 37.5 80 42.5 53 52 60 58 15 26 16.5 120 25 8.5 105 60 1/8 1/4 36 63 34 58 28 58 28

15 26 16.5 120 30 8.5 118 100 1/8 1/4 36 63 34

54 77.5 15 30 19.5 160 20 8.5 131.5 99 1/4 1/4 36 63 37.5 80 42.5

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.10

<

>

[Vacuum relief valves]

When these valves reach a certain precalibrated vacuum degree, they introduce atmospheric air into the circuit to avoid the increase of the set value and to keep it constant. They can be used as regulators only on circuits having only one vacuum generator and only one use (or more uses but all working at the same vacuum degree). In most cases they are used as safety valves on tanks or containers not tested at the high depressions and on lifting systems with cups. The vacuum degree adjustment is obtained turning the knurled bush in the two directions; thanks to its fine thread, a very accurate calibration is assured.

Art.
04 01 10 04 02 10 04 03 10 04 04 10

Vac. adj. mbar (a)


6701 6701 6701 6701

A
45 57 60 65

B
6.5 15.0 12.0 12.0

C
1/8 1/2 3/4 1

Ch
12 24 30 35

Ch1
12 10 17 17

Max cap. cum/h


4 20 40 70

[Instruments for vacuum measurement, checking and adjustment]

3.11

<

>

<<

[ Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

Vacuum valves for vacuum bag evacuation Plunger valves Mechanically operated valves Valves with ball device Self-closing valves Check valves Hand-operated 2- and 3-way vacuum valves Pilot operated 3-way vacuum valves 2-and 3-way vacuum solenoid valves Direct-acting 2-way vacuum solenoid valves Servo controlled 3-way vacuum solenoid valves Servo controlled 3-way vacuum double solenoid valves Direct-acting 3-way vacuum solenoid valves

page page page page page page page page page page page page page

4.01 4.02 4.03 4.04 4.05 4.06 4.07 4.08 4.09 4.10 4.11 4.12 4.13

<

>

[Vacuum valves for vacuum bag evacuation]

The valves described and shown on this page have been designed for the rapid evacuation of vacuum bags in the production of composite fibre applications. Constructed in hardened steel, they are inserted through the bag and then connected to their mating part by means of a quick release coupling which allows attachment and subsequent detachment simply by rotating it on its axis by 90. Due to the knurled surface on the body of the valve tools are not necessary for this procedure. A silicone seal, placed between the two elements and the vacuum bag wall assures a perfect vacuum seal. On these valves it is possible to assemble 2-way hand valves, fittings with a rapid coupling or, simple fittings for flexible pipes. At present, they are available in the two types listed on this page, but, upon request and for a minimum quantity, they can be supplied with different dimensions and styles.

Art.
Max. recommended capacity Hole to be made into the bag Two -way hand valve Fitting with rapid coupling Fitting A B C D E F G Ch gas cum/h Art. Art. Art.

VSS3/8
10 16 13 02 11 RR3/8 RTPR3/8 60 32 10 13 9 24 3/8 19

VSS1/2
20 19 13 03 11 RR1/2 RTPR1/2 65 35 10 13 12 30 1/2 25

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.01

<

>

[Plunger valves]

Plunger valves consist of a cylindrical brass body, a steel plunger with a conical valve and a thrust spring. Connected to vacuum, they are normally closed; they open when operating on the plunger. Their function is to open the suction and consequently to make vacuum in the cup, only when the plunger valve gets in contact with the taking surface. They are available in different types and they are all suitable to our cups.

Art. 19 01 10 19 01 11 19 01 12

Art. 19 02 10 19 03 10 19 04 10

Art.
19 01 10 19 01 11 19 01 12 19 02 10 19 03 10 19 04 10

A
53 53 53 61 61 68

B
9 9 9 12 10 10

C
15.0 15.0 21.5 20.0 22.0 40.0

D
1/4" M12 M12 3/8" 1/2" 1/2"

E
1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8"

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.02

<

>

[Mechanically operated valves]

The valves of this series consist of a body in anodized aluminium, a steel pin integral with a conical valve and a stainless steel thrust spring. Connected to vacuum, they are normally closed; they only open when the pin is operated by a cam or any other mechanical device. Their function is to open suction, therefore to create vacuum in the cups or to the machine, only when the pin is operated. They can be used as an alternative to plunger valves, when they cannot be directly assembled to the cups. They can also be supplied in different versions on request.

Art.
19 02 30

A
112

B
80

C
23

D
35

E
9

F
3/8

G
63

H
8

I
20x1

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.03

<

>

[Valves with ball device]

The function of valves with ball device is to open suction, therefore to create vacuum in the cups which they are applied on, only when the load to be held operates the sealing ball. They consist of a body in anodized aluminium, a nylon ball acting as a closing device, a gauged thrust spring and a threaded brass closing plug. Properly calibrated, they guarantee a perfect vacuum seal. They are recommended for making vacuumoperated stirruping surfaces. Upon request they can be supplied with different sizes if a certain quantity is needed.

Art.
22 01 10

A
30

B
6

C
24

D
40

D1
30 x 1.5

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.04

<

>

[Self-closing valves]

They are special unidirectional valves that, when suitably calibrated, allow a certain quantity of fluid to go through, afterwards, if the fluid continues to go through, they automatically close. This type of valves has been studied to be fitted on cups and when the piece to be taken is missing or when there is a faulty grip of the cup or if there are some losses, they automatically close suction, thus avoiding the vacuum decay on the remaining cups which are taking the body. They are made in anodized aluminium and, besides the series valves shown on this page, they can be supplied in other sizes and materials. Art. 14 01 10 Art. 14 02 10 Art. 14 03 10 Art. 14 05 10

Art.
14 01 10 14 02 10 14 03 10 14 05 10

A
45 59 59 59

B
30 -47 47

C
15 -12 12

D
1/4 1/4 3/8 3/8

D1
3/8 1/4 1/4 1/4

E
14 14 14 14

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.05

<

>

[Check valves]

Horizontal and Vertical They are unidirectional valves made in bronze and with seals in oil-resistant rubber. For a more practical assembly they can be supplied in two versions: horizontal and vertical. Their function in a vacuum circuit is of auto check. When fitted on the vacuum pumps suction inlets, when the pumps stop, they prevent the air returning through the pump (this is a cause of considerable damages due to the oil returning in the pump stator) to the plant brought to vacuum (pipelines, tanks, autoclaves etc.).

Art. 10 .. 10

Art. 10 .. 11

Art.
10 02 10 10 03 10 10 04 10 10 05 10 10 06 10 10 07 10 10 08 10 10 01 11 10 02 11 10 03 11 10 04 11 10 05 11 10 06 11 10 07 11 10 08 11

R
3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1"1/4 1"1/2 2" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1"1/4 1"1/2 2"

Ch
24 27 33 40 48 55 66 21 23 27 32 39 50 55 67

D
-------28 32 32 41 50 64 70 88

H
48 55 63 73 88 92 96 47 57 58 59 66 86 93 102

L
43 51 60 65 81 86 97 ---------

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.06

<

>

[Hand-operated 2- and 3-way vacuum valves]

Art. 13 .. 10

These hand-operated valves are used to intercept vacuum in those circuits where it is not possible to use solenoid valves. They consist of a body in die-cast brass, turned and nickel-plated, a ball valve in steel chromium plated at thickness and teflon gaskets in order to guarantee a seal even in high temperature applications. A long lever pivoted on the ball valve, turned by hand through 90, opens or closes the valve accurately and with minimal effort. At present these valves are available in the 2- and 3-way versions with sizes up to 3 gas.

Art. 13 .. 15

Art.
13 O1 10 13 02 10 13 03 10 13 04 10 13 05 10 13 06 10 13 07 10 13 08 10 13 09 10 13 01 15 13 02 15 13 03 15 13 04 15 13 05 15 13 06 15 13 07 15

A
49 49 57 69 81 97 99 115 170 52 52 69 78 89 118 141

B
26 26 32 39 48 62 69 83 140 26 26 33 39 45 59 71

C
56 56 62 70 83 102 112 135 210 98 98 104 105 107 144 157

D
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1"1/4 1"1/2 2" 3" 1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1"1 /4 1"1/2

E
25.0 25.0 29.0 35.0 41.0 49.0 50.0 58.0 86.0 14.5 14.5 18.5 22.0 27.0 35.5 43.5

F
24 24 28 34 40 48 49 57 84 --------

G
21 21 26 32 39 49 56 68 99 22 22 27 32 40 50 57

L
91 91 91 116 116 150 145 180 225 130 130 130 130 130 205 205

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.07

<

>

[Pilot operated 3-way vacuum valves]

Art.
07 01 30 07 02 30 07 03 30 07 04 30 07 05 30 07 06 30

A B orifice
1/4 8.5 50 50 62 80 80 130 3/8 11.5 1/2 15.0 3/4 19.0 1 25.0 11/2 40.0

C
35 35 40 50

D
40 40 45 60

E
5.0 5.0 8.5 10.0

F
5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 8.5

G
30 30 35 51 51 85

H
75 75 91 115 115 175

I
10 10 15 21 21 34

R
1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8

33.0 13.0 33.0 13.0 38.5 16.5 51.5 21.0 51.5 21.0 85.0 38.0

35.0 19.5 35.0 19.5 44.0 23.0 59.5 27.0 59.5 27.0 90.0 40.0

These vacuum valves are of the three-way type, with two positions and with pneumatically controlled conical valves. They can be used either normally closed or normally open. Their application is recommended in all those cases where a quick exchange between suction of the vacuum pump and the incoming of air into the circuit, for a quick recovery of the atmospheric pressure is required. They are made up of a body in anodized aluminium, two vulkollan valves put on a stainless steel stem, a membrane in a special rubber for the servo control and a spring for the valves return. The particular execution of these valves allows to reduce frictions and internal dynamic stresses as much as possible, the result being a high response speed and a guarantee of long lasting operation. Working pressure: from 0 to 3 bar abs. Pressure required at the servo control: from 4 to 8 bar (g).

50 60 10.0 90 100 15.0

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.08

<

>

[2 - and 3-way vacuum solenoid valves]

Art. 07 .. 16 = 3 vie Art. 07 .. 20 = 2 vie

Developed specifically for vacuum, they are direct-acting, normally closed. The two-way solenoid valves have considerably large orifices compared to their sizes. The three-way ones, although they have different passage orifices, they all have a fixed outlet, through the 3 mm. tube. Frequency of operation is approx. 200 c/minute. Standard coil, completely plasticized in synthetic resin, tight execution, insulation class F (up to 155C) electrical connections by means of a plug with clamping screws. Acceptable tolerance on the nominal value of the voltage 10%. Max. input: 17 V.A. with A.C. and 17 Watt with D.C. The coil may be rotated through 360.

Art.
07 01 16 07 02 16 07 03 16 07 01 20 07 02 20 07 03 20

A
1/4 3/8 1/2 1/4 3/8 1/2

orifice
6 10 12 6 10 12

B
73 85 85 73 85 85

C
16 25 25 16 25 25

D
44 65 65 44 65 65

E
86 98 98 86 98 98

F
16 25 25 16 25 25

G
25 35 35 25 35 35

H
25 35 35 25 35 35

I
67 79 79 67 79 79

L
M6 M6 M6 M6 M6 M6

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.09

<

>

[2-way vacuum solenoid valves]

Art.
DDN 14 DDN 25

A
75 90

B
127 142

C
35 50

D
110 128

E
30 43

F
63 82

R
1/2" 1"

orifice
14 25

Of a new design, with small dimensions, high volumetric efficiency and high response speed at any vacuum degree, this new series of solenoid valves is the result of a very careful choice of materials, advanced construction techniques coupled with the in-depth knowledge of our technicians. This solenoid valves series is PATENTED. The DDN vacuum solenoid valves are a two position, direct acting normally closed valve. The body is made of brass with Viton seals. Working pressure: from 1 to 1500 mbar absolute. The electric coil is standard, manuafactured in a synthetic resin with an insulation class F (up to 155C), electrical connection is by means of a plug with clamping screws. Acceptable tolerance on the nominal value of the voltage: 10%. Max. input: 17 V.A. in A.C. and 10 Watt in D.C. (only DDN 14 because DDN 25 cannot operate in D.C.). The valves work better in an inverted position. The coil may be rotated through 360. The DDN solenoid valves are particularly suitable for degassing fittings, autoclaves, vacuum thermo-welders and in all applications where suction has to be controlled separately from the inlet of air into circuit.

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.10

<

>

[3-way vacuum solenoid valves]

The three-way vacuum solenoid valves of this series are with two positions, with pneumatically servo controlled conical valves, normally closed or open. The body is in anticorodal aluminium, the valves and the membrane of the servo control are in Vulkollan. As this valve has no frictions and internal dynamic stresses, the result is a high response speed and a guarantee of long lasting operation. Working pressure: from 0 to 3 bar abs. Pressure at the servo control: from 4 to 8 bar (g). The electric coil is standard, completely plasticized in synthetic resin, tight execution, insulation class F (up to 155C) electrical connections by means of a plug with clamping screws. Acceptable tolerance on the nominal value of the voltage 10%. Max. input: 17 V.A. with A.C. and 10 Watt with D.C. The coil may be rotated through 360. Three-way vacuum solenoid valves are normally used for vacuum interception on feeders and cup stackers, robots, sheet feeders, sack openers and in all those cases where a quick response is needed between the suction and the air inlet into the circuit.

Art.
07 01 10 07 02 10 07 03 10 07 04 10 07 05 10 07 06 10

A B orifice
1/4" 3/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 8.5 11.5 15.0 19.0 25.0 50 50 60 80 80

C D

P
21 21 22 27 27

R S
40 5.0 40 5.0 45 4.5 60 10.0 60 10.5

35 72 140 5.5 1/8" 75 35 72 140 5.5 1/8" 75 40 77 155 6.5 1/8" 90 50 87 180 6.5 1/8" 115 50 87 180 6.5 1/8" 115 90 -- 260 8.5 1/8" 175

30 10 32.5 12.5 35 30 10 32.5 12.5 35 35 15 38.5 15.5 45 51 21 51.5 21.0 60 51 21 51.5 21.0 60 85 34 85.0 38.0 90

1"1/2 40.0 130

40 100 15.0

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.11

<

>

[3-way vacuum double solenoid valves]

Art.
07 01 50 07 02 50 07 03 50 07 04 50 07 05 50 07 06 50

A
1/4

B Orif.
8.5 50

C
35 35 40 50 50

D
40 40 45

G H

O R

Q
70 70 72 72 72

5.0 5.5 30 5.0 5.5 30 8.5 6.5 35

75 10 32.5 12.5 35.0 21 1/8 65 75 10 32.5 12.5 35.0 21 1/8 65 91 15 38.5 16.5 44.0 23 1/8 67

3/8 11.5 50 1/2 15.0 62 3/4 19.0 80 1 25.0 80 11/2 40.0 130

60 10.0 6.5 51 115 21 51.5 21.0 59.5 27 1/8 67 60 10.0 6.5 51 115 21 51.5 21.0 59.5 27 1/8 67

These solenoid valves have the same function as the three-way servo controlled ones, previously described. They have the same structure as well. The feature that differentiates them are the two solenoids which, with a simple electrical impulse, exchange the valves position and keep them in this position until when there is a new impulse, and this also in absence of compressed air at the servo control and of electric current too. Due to this feature, their use is particularly advisable in all those cases where it is required the maximum guarantee of connection to the vacuum source, also in absence of electric or pneumatic feed. Working pressure: from 0 to 3 bar abs. Pressure at the servo control: from 4 to 8 bar (g). The electric coils are standard, completely plasticized in synthetic resin, tight execution, insulation class F (up to 155C) electrical connections by means of a plug with clamping screws. Acceptable tolerance on the nominal value of the voltage 10%. Max. input: 7,5 17 V.A. with A.C. and 5 10 Watt with D.C. Coils may be rotated through 360.

90 100 15.0 8.5 84 175 35 84.0 39.0 90.0 40 1/8 55 130

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.12

<

>

[3-way vacuum solenoid valves]

Art.
07 03 40 07 04 40 07 05 40 07 06 40

A B orifice
1/2" 3/4" 1" 1"1/2 15 19 25 40 76 76 89

C D
75 40 75 40 79 40

P
6 6 7 10

R S
64 62 64 62 75 62 94 65

35 6.5 35 6.5

90 152 33.0 58 53.0 44.0 10 90 152 33.0 58 53.0 44.0 10

39 6.5 100 162 34.5 60 61.5 48.5 10 57 10.5 170 235 52.0 -- 112.0 82.0 17

170 142 57

The three-way vacuum solenoid valves of this series are direct-acting, with two positions, with servo controlled conical valves and normally closed. Upon request they can be supplied normally open. The body is in anodized aluminium, the valves are in silicone and the servo control membrane is in nitrile rubber. The working principle of these solenoid valves is based on the differential of pressure existing between the vacuum pump and the pressure of the sucked air. Conveying this differential pressure to the servo control, the valves can be controlled without the help of compressed air or of springs. In consideration of the above mentioned working principle it is not advisable to use these solenoid valves on plants having a low vacuum degree (lower than 100 mm Hg or 880 mbar abs). As this valve has no frictions and internal dynamic stresses, the result is a high response speed and a guarantee of long lasting operation. The electric coil is standard, completely plasticized in synthetic resin, tight execution, insulation class F (up to 155C) electrical connections by means of a plug with clamping screws. Acceptable tolerance on the nominal value of the voltage 10%. Max. input: 17 V.A. with A.C. and 10 Watt with D.C. The coil may be rotated through 360. The solenoid valves of this series, besides being used for nearly all those cases previously described in the series 07...10, can also be used on the plants that have no compressed air available. The solenoid valve choice has always to be made in consideration of the capacity and therefore of the suction connection of the vacuum pump.

[Vacuum valves and solenoid valves]

4.13

<

>

<<

[ Suction filters]

[Suction filters]

Suction filters with metal cartridge Suction filters with paper cartridge Oil-bath suction filters Long operation autonomy oil-bath suction filters Syphon filters

page page page page page

5.01 5.02 5.03 5.04 5.05

<

>

[Suction filters]

Avoiding impurities reaching the vacuum pump is an essential condition to guarantee its satisfactory operation and long life. The filters of this series, placed on the suction inlet of the vacuum pumps or on the plants line pipings have this purpose. Made in a simple and rational way, they have threaded couplings for assembly and an easy opening for a rapid servicing of the filtering cartridge. Covers are in die-cast aluminium as well as the bowls, except the ones of models FB 5, FB 10 and FB 20 which are in a thermoplastic transparent material. Filtering cartridges are in stainless steel net with a porosity variable from 44 to 100 micron. The various models of filters cover a capacity range from 5 to 300 cum/h.

Art.
FB 5 FB 10 FB 20 FB 25 FB 30 FB 40 FB 50 FB 60

d
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2 2

A
61 81 81 96 120 190 190 182

B
74.5 87.0 116.0 144.0 181.0 255.0 255.0 260.0

C
12.5 17.0 17.0 31.0 31.0 39.0 39.0 42.0

D
59 79 79 90 112 182 182 182

Max cap. cum/h


5 10 20 40 70 150 200 300

[Suction filters]

5.01

<

>

[Suction filters]

Art.
FC 10 FC 20 FC 25 FC 30 FC 35 FC 40 FC 50 FC 60 FC 80

A
79 93 93 105 96 161 197 258 270

B
70 80 80 91 81 125 161 235 246

C
9 13 13 14 15 36 36 23 24

D
72 96 96 120 120 162 160 185 185

E
49 67 67 82 82 102 100 115 125

F
37 51 51 44 44 77 85 126 126

G
42 42 42 61 52 84 112 132 144

R
3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/4 11/2 2 3

Max cap. cum/h


10 20 40 70 100 150 200 300 680

This range of filters has been made in order to permit pumps working also in very dusty environments. When installed on the suction inlet of the pumps, they are able to stop very thin or impalpable powders, interfering on the capacity in an almost negligible way. Actually, the filtering element is made of special treated paper, with a porosity degree of 5 7 micron, pleated to increase the filtering surface and contained in a double case of strong punched plate. The container of the filtering element, as well as the cover, are made in steel plate and painted with a special treatment for avoiding oxidation. A gasket placed between the cover and the container assures a perfect vacuum seal between the two elements; the release clamps, placed on the container, permit a quick opening of the cover to check or replace the filtering element. As the filtering element is made of paper, we do not recommend the use of these filters in presence of water or oil vapours or condensates. At present they are available for capacities from 10 to 680 cum/h.

[Suction filters]

5.02

<

>

[Oil-bath suction filters]

Art.
FO 20 FO 30 FO 50 FO 60

A
216 239 305 340

B
73 92 110 140

C
113 105 135 140

D
105 132 160 185

E
30 42 60 60

F
100 105 128 142

G
40 50 60 67

H
152 167 205 226

I
64 72 100 114

R
1/2 1 11/2 2

Max cap. cum/h


20 70 200 300

In applications which experience very thin or impalpable powders, the traditional suction filter would require a cartridge having so thick meshes which, besides decreasing its autonomy, would also considerably reduce the suction capacity of the vacuum pump. Oil-bath suction filters have been studied in order to overcome this problem. The main feature of these filters is the ability to retain the smallest and most impalpable dust particles, without reducing the suction capacity of the pump. They consist of a head and a container in steel plate, coupled with an interposed seal and clamped by release clamps. Inside the filter, besides the oil bowl, there are two filtering cartridges, one of which is detachable and washable and the other one is fixed; rapidity in access for servicing is guaranteed by the release clamps. For these filters it is possible to use any kind of oil, also run-down, provided that it still has a minimum viscosity degree. At present they are available for capacities up to 300 cum/h.

[Suction filters]

5.03

<

>

[Long operation autonomy oil-bath suction filters]

Art.
FO160 FO300

A
250 350

B
100 80

C
508 508

D
308 308

E
356 356

F
32.5 32.5

G
12 12

H
910 920

I
290 390

L
140 200

M
2

N
2

Max cap. cum/h


200 300

In applications which experience very thin or impalpable powders, the traditional suction filter would require a cartridge having so thick meshes which, besides decreasing its autonomy, would also considerably reduce the suction capacity of the vacuum pump. Oil-bath suction filters have been studied in order to overcome this problem. Besides having a long operation autonomy, the main feature of these filters is the ability to retain the thinnest and most impalpable dust, without reducing the suction capacity of the pump. They are made by a head and a container in steel plate, coupled with an interposed seal and clamped by release clamps. Inside the filter, besides the oil bowl, there are two filtering cartridges, which are detachable and washable; rapidity in access for servicing is guaranteed by the release clamps. The oil level and its clogging can be checked by means of two oil windows. For these filters it is possible to use any kind of oil, also run-down, provided that it still has a minimum viscosity degree. At the moment they are available for capacities of 200 and 300 cum/h.

11/2 11/2

[Suction filters]

5.04

<

>

[Syphon filters]

Art.
FS 20 FS 25 FS 30

A
630 750 890

F G

L M N O P

R Max Cap Contents cum/h lt.


20 40 70 10.5 19.5 38.0

130 175 200 150 195 240 190 225 300

25 20 100 410 120 150 25 140 10 145 1/2 25 20 100 510 140 170 30 170 11 180 3/4 30 20 120 610 160 200 40 205 11 220 1

The function of these filters is to retain impurities and liquids extracted through the cups or the vacuum operated stirrup systems, in order to avoid that they enter into the vacuum pumps. They consist of: A cylindrical container in transparent plexiglass, with extractable cover to allow inspection and cleaning. A check valve placed on the suction inlet, to prevent the air re-entry into the filter, when the pump stands still. A filtering cartridge in stainless steel net with a porosity of 44 micron, placed on the suction inlet, to retain dust and solid impurities. A two-way hand operated valve for vacuum interception of the application. A two-way hand operated valve for restoring the atmospheric pressure inside the filter. A vacuum gauge for the direct reading of the vacuum degree. A magnetic level switch with the function to stop the pump when the sucked liquid exceeds the safety level. A rigid pipe, connected to the application port, to convey the air flow and the sucked liquid to the bottom of the container. A check valve placed on the bottom of the filter, to drain automatically the sucked liquids and impurities, every time that the atmospheric pressure is restored inside the filter. A chock, applied on the above described check valve, which allows the manual drainage of the liquids. A strong metal bracket to allow mounting of the unit on a wall. At present they are available for capacities up to 70 cum/h.

[Suction filters]

5.05

<

>

<<

[ Fittings and hose for vacuum]

[Fittings and hose for vacuum]

Hose tails Hose fittings Hose fittings with rapid coupling Flexible hose and fittings

page page page page

6.01 6.02 6.03 6.04

<

>

[Hose tails]

The hose tails manufactured by us, are the classic dowelled pipe fittings, made in brass and nickel-plated. They are suitable for the connection of smooth or reinforced flexible hose, up to an internal diameter of 40 mm.

Art.
RS 1/4 RS 3/8 RS 1/2 RS 3/4 RS 1 RS 1 1/4 RS 1 1/2

A
12 8 10 12 12 15 15

B
5 5 5 8 8 10 10

C
18 20 25 35 35 42 45

D
5 9 12 16 22 28 33

F
9 13 16 21 27 35 40

G
17 19 23 28 36 44 50

L
35 33 40 55 55 67 70

R
1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2

[Fittings and hose for vacuum]

6.01

<

>

[Hose fittings]

Art.
RM M5 RM 1/8 RM 1/4 RM 3/8

A
5 7 8.5 10.5

B
3.5 4.5 5.0 5.0

C
10 14 17 19

D
M5 1/8 1/4 3/8

E F hose
10 13 15 20 4 4 6 9

L
19.5 24.5 27.0 32.5

Art.
RF 1/8 RF 1/4 RF 3/8

A
14 16 20

C
14 17 19

D
1/8 1/4 3/8

E
13 15 20

F hose
4 6 9

L
27.0 30.0 32.5

They are particularly suitable for connection of the cup holders to their manifolds and in all those cases where a connection to vacuum sources via small diameter hose is required. They are suitable for smooth flexible hose with internal diameters of 4, 6 and 9 mm. which is the maximum internal diameter allowed for vacuum hose without chafing strip. These hose fittings are of the semi-rapid type, the hose is locked by clamping by hand a knurled bush, without using keys. Our hose fittings are made in aluminium to guarantee lightness and they are blue anodized in order to satisfy aesthetical requirements. They are sold in practical packagings of 10 or 50 pieces and they are supplied complete with their nylon seals.

Art.
RL M5 RL 1/8 RL 1/4 RL 3/8

A
4.5 7.0 9.0 11.0

B
10 16 22 25

D
M5 1/8 1/4 3/8

L
15 24 29 33

[Fittings and hose for vacuum]

6.02

<

>

[Hose fittings with rapid coupling]

Our hose fittings with rapid coupling consist of a jack with hose tail and of a coupling with male threaded connection which connects itself to the jack. They are secured by means of a ring of balls pushed by a spring and seal is guaranteed by a synthetic rubber gasket. The particular execution of this hose fitting allows the parts forming it, to turn freely at low speed and to rapidly couple and disconnect, acting by hand on the knurled ring nut, which slides on the jack. These hose fittings are completely made in brass and they are available in various sizes.

Art.
RR 3/8 RR 1/2 RR 3/4 RR 1 RR 1 1/4 RR 1 1/2

A
10.5 10.5 11.5 11.5 13.5 15.0

B
14.5 14.5 15.5 15.5 24.5 25.0

C
29 29 29 31 47 50

D
30 30 30 38 68 68

E
38 38 38 38 49 52

F
13 16 20 25 35 40

G
21 21 26 34 42 48

L
81.5 81.5 82.5 84.5 120.5 127.0

R
3/8 1/2 3/4 1 11/4 11/2

[Fittings and hose for vacuum]

6.03

<

>

[Flexible hose for vacuum and hose fittings]

Art.
TPL 2 TPL 4 TPL 6 TPL 8 TPL 9 TPL12 TPL16 TPL18

d D Bending Weight int. ext. radius grs/m


2.5 4.0 6.0 8.0 9.0 12.0 16.0 18.0 4 6 8 10 12 15 18 22 40 50 60 70 75 90 350 400 8.0 19.5 20.5 24.0 28.0 67.0 56.0 133.0

Size m.
100 100 100 100 50 50 50 50

Working temperature: -40 /+70 C

Art.
TPR 3/8 TPR 1/2 TPR 3/4 TPR 1 TPR 11/4 TPR 11/2 TPR 2

d D Bending Weight int. ext. radius grs/m


12.7 16.2 21.3 27.0 35.7 40.6 51.9 17.8 21.1 26.4 33.1 41.8 47.8 59.8 64 81 107 135 179 203 260 150 170 230 370 500 630 900

Size m.
30 30 30 30 30 15 15

Working temperature: -10 /+60 C

Art.
RTPR 3/8 RTPR 1/2 RTPR 3/4 RTPR 1

d
12.0 15.5 20.8 26.5

D
3/8 1/2 3/4 1

E
6 7 9 10

L
46.5 50.0 51.0 57.5 45.5 55.0 54.0

14.5 8.5 23.5 14.5 9.0 26.5 14.0 10.5 26.5 16.0 9.0 32.5

26 28 28 33 35 38 41 44 -- 52 -- 60 -74

RTPR 11/4 11.0 6.0 28.5 RTPR 11/2 14.0 7.0 34.0 RTPR 2 14.0 7.0 33.0

34.5 11/4 -39.5 11/2 -50.0 2 --

Flexible hose could not be missing in the wide range of vacuum accessories of our production. Production of this hose, studied by us on purpose for vacuum, has been entrusted to one of the leading companies in this field. It is a single piece hose, made with insulating and self-extinguishing plastic materials, including the internal hose core to reinforce the TPR wall. Our hose is particularly accurate in its section, has a very good flexibility which guarantees minimal bending radius and is very light in relation to its high resistance to collapse. The inner wall is smooth and this allows to reduce at the minimum degree the harmful load losses. This flexible hose has an excellent functionality and a very high resistance to the action of atmospheric agents and to most of the chemical products. At the moment they are available in different diameters, up to a maximum internal diameter of 51,9 mm. Connection to TPL flexible hose is guaranteed by the hose fittings previously described, while for the TPR hose we have developed a new line of RTPR fittings which represents an absolute novelty. The RTPR hose fittings from 3/8 to 1 are made in self-extinguishing polypropylene; the larger ones are in metal. They are very strong and have a perfect vacuum seal. The use of these fittings allows to eliminate the non-aesthetic hose clamps and to make connection much safer. They are available in different sizes, according to the diameter of the hose to be connected.

[Fittings and hose for vacuum]

6.04

<

>

<<

[ Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

Comparison tables for pressures and capacities Small diaphragm vacuum pumps Vacuum pumps with sliding vanes - General description Small vacuum pumps Vacuum pumps VTL 2 and 4 Vacuum pumps VTL 5 and 10 Vacuum pumps VTLP 5 and 10 Vacuum pumps VTL 10/F, 15/F, 20/F Vacuum pumps VTLP 10/F, 15/F, 20/F Vacuum pumps VTL 25/FG, 30 /FG, 35/FG Vacuum pumps VTLP 25/FG, 30 /FG, 35/FG Vacuum pumps VTL 40/G1, 50/G1, 65/G1 Vacuum pumps VTLP 40/G1, 50/G1, 65/G1 Vacuum pumps VTL 75/G1, 90/G1, 105/G1 Vacuum pumps VTLP 75/G1, 90/G1, 105/G1 Vacuum pumps VTL 6 D.C. Oil-bath vacuum pumps MV 20 Oil-bath vacuum pumps MV 40 100 Oil-bath vacuum pumps MV 200 300 Vacuum pumps VTS 2 and 4 Vacuum pumps VTS 6 D.C. Vacuum pumps VTS 6 and 10 Vacuum pumps VTS 10/F, 15/F, 20F, 25/F Vacuum pumps VTS 10/FG, 15/FG, 20/FG Vacuum pumps VTS 25/FG, 30/FG, 35/FG Small pumpsets Horizontal pumpsets Horizontal duplex pumpsets Vertical pumpsets Vertical duplex pumpsets

page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page

7.00 7.01 7.02 7.03 7.04 7.05 7.06 7.07 7.08 7.09 7.10 7.11 7.12 7.13 7.14 7.15 7.16 7.17 7.18 7.19 7.20 7.21 7.22 7.23 7.24 7.25 7.26 7.27 7.28 7.29

<

>

[Comparison and conversion tables for pressures and capacities]

Tabella comparativa delle unit di misura della pressione


S.I. Units (International System)
1 mbar 1 bar 1 torr 1 in Hg 1 psi (lbf/in2) 1 atm 1 Kg/cm (at) 1 mm H 2O
2

= = = = = = = = =
2

100,0 100000,0 133,322 3386,3 6894,8 101325,0 98066,0 9,8066 9806,6 1,0

Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa Pa

1,0 1000,0 1,3332 33,863 68,948 1013,25 980,66 0,09806 98,066 0,01

mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar mbar

0,001 1,0 1,33322 3,3863 6,8948 1,01325 0,98066 9,8066 9,8066 1,0 x 105 x x 103 102

bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar bar

x 102

1 m H 2O 1 Pa (N/m )

x 102 x 105

=
m3/h m /min. l/h l/min cfm
3

m3/h
1 60 10 3 60 x 103 1,699

m3/min
0,016 1 1,66 x 105

=
10 3 6x 10 4

l/h

=
16,6 10 3 0,016 1 28,314

l/min

=
0,588 3.53 x 10 5,88 x 104 3,53 x 102 1

cfm

x x x x x

1 60 1699,0

103 2,83 x 102

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

<

Conversion factors for capacity units


7.00

Fattori di conversione delle unit di misura della portata

Comparison table of pressure units

>

[Small diaphragm vacuum pumps]

Model
H 35 M

Capacity Final pressure Max pressure It/l mbar (a) bar (g)
18.0 17.5 18.0 17.5 300 300 300 300 1 1 1 1

Power watt
30 38 30 38

Input A
0.45 0.40 0.45 0.40

Weight Kg.
1.3 1.6 1.3 1.6

The small vacuum pumps shown on this page produce vacuum using a diaphragm. They can be used either as vacuum pump or as a small compressor, and they are able to deliver 100% oil-free compressed air, at a maximum pressure of 1 bar. They consist of: A small single-phase electric motor, with protection class IP 00 (assembling execution), air-cooled. A pump body made of plastic material resistant to corrosion, complete with fittings at both suction and blowing ports. A diaphragm, integral to a connection rod, made of special materials, resistant to wear and corrosion. A connection rod with built-in long-life bearing, driven by a balanced eccentric system splined to the motor shaft. Aluminium bracket to hold the pump, available in two versions. The diaphragm small vacuum pumps are very noiseless (<50dBA), have low vibrations and can be installed in every position. Without lubrication, no maintenance is needed. Their compact size and light weight makes them particularly suitable for installation on portable equipment. They are suitable for intermittent and not heavy use only.

H 40 DM H 35 MR H 40 DMR

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.01

<

>

[Vacuum pumps with sliding vanes General description]

WORKING PRINCIPLE The piston (or rotor) eccentrically rotates in a cylinder (stator) and is provided with grooves where vanes slide free and due to the centrifugal force, are pushed against the inside wall of the cylinder thus forming as many chambers as vanes are. During rotation the volume of these chambers changes according to the position in which they are in relation to the eccentric axis. The increase in the volume of chambers expands air enclosed in them thus creating a depression (suction phase); the volume decrease instead, causes an air compression (exhaust phase or delivery). The internal construction principle is the same both for rotating compressors and for vacuum pumps. ROTOR HOUSING In smaller and compact pumps, rotor is overhanging splined to the shaft end of the motor, while in constructions with high powers and for different starting systems, rotor is supported by bearings on both sides, in this case pump and motor are two independent units and the two shafts are coupled by means of an elastic joint.

LUBRICATION SYSTEMS The main lubrication systems we use, are by depression with loop lubrication or with oil loss for the vacuum pumps series VTL, and with oilbath for pumps series MV. In the oil loop lubrication, the oil, sucked in the chamber by means of the adjustable oilers which control the flow rate, is drained together with the sucked air into the recovery tank and by means of a separating filter contained in it, it is divided from the air and put into circulation again. In the oil loss lubrication, lubricating oil is contained in a suitable transparent container (controlled by a magnetic level switch). It works the same way as above but it is collected in a recovery tank without being put into circulation again. This kind of lubrication is recommended when the sucked air contains water condensates, solvent vapours or any other product which would affect the oil properties. In the oil-bath lubrication, the oil is sucked directly from the recovery tank by calibrated nozzles, which control the flow rate, and it is kept and separated from air in the exhaust phase by microfibre oil-separating cartridges, which are contained in the tank itself. In this lubricating system, the oil quantity in circulation is definitely higher than in the two other above mentioned systems; this involves a better sealing between stator and rotor and a lower friction between rotating parts and fixed ones, consequently with vacuum degree increase, lower heating and lower noise.

DRY VACUUM PUMPS They normally have small suction capacities and they do not need to be lubricated. COOLING The cooling system we use for our pumps is by airflow on their surface. Heat is dispersed from the external surface, suitably finned, by means of the motor fan in the smaller pumps and by means of a radial fan splined to the pump shaft, in the larger ones. MATERIALS USED Stator and locking flanges are in cast iron, shaft and rotor are made with carbon steel, vanes are made with fibre for lubricated pumps and graphite for dry running pumps. ELECTRIC MOTORS All pumps with capacities up to 20 cum/h can be supplied either with three-phase or with single-phase motors; for bigger capacities with three-phase motors only. All models can be supplied with special voltages or frequencies.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.02

<

>

[Small vacuum pumps]

They are very small vacuum pumps with rotating vanes that can also be used as a small compressor for pressures up to 2 bar. They are made up of a single-phase induction electric motor with capacitor (upon request they can be supplied with D.C. motor), a self-lubricating stator in sintered metal, a rotor in white metal splined to the motor shaft and grooved for housing the hardened steel vanes and a silencer on the exhaust. The operating principle is the same as the vacuum pumps with rotating vanes of the bigger series. They are noiseless, completely lubrication-free and they do not need any maintenance. Due to their very small size and weight, they are particularly suitable for the installation on portable equipment. They are suitable for intermittent and not heavy use.

Model.
H 25 R H 45 R H 45 DR H 45 DR/D

Capacity Final pressure Max pressure It/l mbar (a) bar (g)
13.5 15.0 20.0 13.5 210 150 150 70 2 2 2 2

Power watt
28 35 38 40

Capac. F
2.50 3.15 3.15 3.15

Weight Kg.
1.3 2.0 2.1 2.1

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.03

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTL 2 and 4]

VTL
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

2
2 150 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.13 0.13 0.18 0.18 2900 5.7 6.0 260 145 126 62 71 127 6.5 72 90 43 12 76 1/4

4
4 150

These small vacuum pumps have a suction capacity of 2 and 4 cum/h. They are wick oiled with loop lubrication system and because the rotor is overhanging splined to the motor shaft, they are of small dimensions. Motor and pump are cooled by the motor fan (surface cooling). These pumps are provided with a small tank placed on the same axis of the pump, containing the lubricating oil as well as a separation filter that prevents oil mists and reduces noise as well. It is recommended to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet. Pumps VTL 2 and 4 can also be supplied with single-phase electric motor. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

gas

0.18 0.15 0.25 0.20 2900 7.3 7.5 285 160 132 66 80 139 7.5 80 100 48 12 86 3/8

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.04

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTL 5 and 10]

VTL
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

5
5 80 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.25 0.25 0.35 0.35 1450 14.5 15.0 260 245 245 52 155 53 8.5 122 115 45 85 27 3/8

10
10 80

gas

0.35 0.25 0.50 0.35 1450 20.5 21.0 310 262 245 70 155 85 8.5 122 115 45 102 52 1/2

These vacuum pumps have a suction capacity of 5 and 10 cum/h. They are lubricated by depression with loop lubrication system adjustable by means of an oiler placed in correspondence of the suction inlet. The rotor is overhanging splined to the motor shaft, therefore the overall dimensions are very small. Motor and pump are cooled by the motor fan (surface cooling). A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, this tank contains a separation filter that avoids forming of oil mists and reduces noise as well. It is recommended to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet. Pumps VTL 5 and 10 can also be supplied with single-phase electric motor. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.05

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTLP 5 and 10 with oil loss lubrication]

VTLP
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R O cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

5
5 80 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.25 0.25 0.35 0.35 1450 15.6 16.1 260 245 410 52 155 53 8.5 122 115 45 85 27 3/8 150

10
10 80

gas

0.35 0.25 0.50 0.35 1450 21.6 22.1 310 262 410 70 155 85 8.5 122 115 45 102 52 1/2 150

These vacuum pumps have a suction capacity of 5 and 10 cum/h. They are lubricated by depression with oil loss and lubrication is adjustable by means of an oiler placed in correspondence of the suction inlet. The rotor is overhanging splined to the motor shaft, therefore the overall dimensions are very small. Motor and pump are cooled by the motor fan (surface cooling). A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, this tank contains a separation filter that avoids forming of oil mists and reduces noise as well. A safety valve is incorporated on this tank for the automatic drainage of the used oil between periodical changing. The lubricating oil is contained in a suitable transparent container fixed to the pump by means of its support and is controlled by a magnetic level switch. In pumps with oil loss lubrication, lubricating oil, sucked into the pump by means of the drop oiler, is drained into the recovery tank together with the air without being put into circulation again. These pumps are recommended when in the sucked air there are water condensates, solvent vapours or any other thing that may contaminate the lubricating oil. It is recommended to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet. Pumps VTLP 5 and 10 can also be supplied with single-phase electric motor.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.06

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTL 10/F, 15/F, 20/F]

VTL
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

10/F
10 50

15/F
15 50 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1450 27.0 27.5 405 285 259 25 340 40 8.5 133 130 55 100 63 1/2

20/F
20 50

gas

0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1450 25.0 25.5 385 285 259 25 340 20 8.5 133 130 55 100 53 1/2

0.88 0.66 1.20 0.90 1450 30.0 30.5 425 285 259 25 340 60 8.5 133 130 55 100 73 1/2

They are vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 10, 15 and 20 cum/h. Lubrication occurs by depression with loop lubrication system and it is adjustable by means of an oiler placed in correspondence of the suction inlet. The rotor is splined to the motor shaft and is supported by independent bearings on both sides. The pump is surface cooled. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, it contains a separation filter that avoids forming of oil mists and reduces noise as well. It is recommended to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet. This series of pumps can also be supplied with single-phase electric motors. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.07

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTLP 10/F, 15/F, 20/F with oil loss lubrication]

VTLP
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R O cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

10/F
10 50

15/F
15 50 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1450 28.1 28.6 405 285 440 25 340 40 8.5 133 130 55 100 63 1/2 150

20/F
20 50

gas

0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1450 26.1 26.6 385 285 440 25 340 20 8.5 133 130 55 100 53 1/2 150

0.88 0.66 1.20 0.90 1450 31.1 31.6 425 285 440 25 340 60 8.5 133 130 55 100 73 1/2 150

These vacuum pumps have a suction capacity of 10, 15 and 20 cum/h. They are lubricated by depression with oil loss and lubrication is adjustable by means of an oiler placed in correspondence of the suction inlet. The rotor is splined to the motor shaft and is supported by independent bearings on both sides. The pump is surface cooled. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, this tank contains a separation filter that avoids forming of oil mists and reduces noise as well. A safety valve is incorporated on this tank for the automatic drainage of the used oil between periodical changing. The lubricating oil is contained in a suitable transparent container fixed to the pump by means of its support and is controlled by a magnetic level switch. In pumps with oil loss lubrication, lubricating oil, sucked into the pump by means of the drop oiler, is drained into the recovery tank together with the air without being put into circulation again. These pumps are recommended when in the sucked air there are water condensates, solvent vapours or any other thing that may contaminate the lubricating oil. It is recommended to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet. This series of pumps can also be supplied with single-phase electric motors.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.08

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTL 25/FG, 30/FG, 35/FG]

VTL
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

25/FG
25 50 0.88 1.20 1450 31 470 290 280 65 385 20 8.5 133 130 55 105 73 3/4

30/FG
30 50 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 1.0 1.4 1450 35 490 290 280 65 385 40 8.5 133 130 55 105 83 3/4

35/FG
35 50 1.0 1.4 1450 37 510 290 280 65 385 60 8.5 133 130 55 105 93 3/4

These are vacuum pumps with a flow capacity of 25, 30 and 35 cum/h. These pumps are lubricated by means of a wick feed, which is adjustable using two lubricators positioned in correspondence with the bearings. The rotor is splined on its shaft and it is supported by two bearings. The pump and electrical motor are two independent units coupled together with an elastic joint. The pump is surface cooled. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, it contains a separation filter that avoids forming of oil mists and reduces noise as well. It is recommended to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible impurities sucked. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.09

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTLP 25/FG, 30/FG, 35/FG with oil loss lubrication]

VTLP
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N R 0 cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

25/FG
25 50 0.88 1.20 1450 32 470 290 445 65 385 20 8.5 133 130 55 105 73 3/4 150

30/FG
30 50 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 1.0 1.4 1450 36 490 290 445 65 385 40 8.5 133 130 55 105 83 3/4 150

35/FG
35 50 1.0 1.4 1450 38 510 290 445 65 385 60 8.5 133 130 55 105 93 3/4 150

These vacuum pumps have a suction capacity of 25, 30 and 35 cum/h. They are lubricated by depression with oil loss and lubrication is adjustable by means of two oilers placed in correspondence of the supporting bearings. The rotor is splined on its shaft and it is supported by two bearings. The pump and electrical motor are two independent units coupled together by an elastic joint. The pump is surface cooled. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, this tank contains a separation filter that avoids forming of oil mists and reduces noise as well. A safety valve is incorporated on this tank for the automatic drainage of the used oil between periodical changing. The lubricating oil is contained in a suitable transparent container fixed to the pump by means of its support and is controlled by a magnetic level switch. In pumps with oil loss lubrication, lubricating oil, sucked into the pump by means of the drop oilers, is drained into the recovery tank together with the air without being put into circulation again. These pumps are recommended when in the sucked air there are water condensates, solvent vapours or any other thing that may contaminate the lubricating oil. It is recommended to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.10

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTL 40/G1, 50/G1, 65/G1]

VTL
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

40/G1
40 50 1.1 1.5 1450 51 520 365 350 60 415 45 12.5 186 210 30 125 70 1

50/G1
50 50 230/40010%, 50Hz 1.5 2 1450 54 560 365 350 115 415 30 12.5 186 210 30 125 80 1

65/G1
65 50 1.5 2 1450 71.5 610 380 350 150 415 45 12.5 186 210 30 140 70 11/4

They are vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 40, 50, and 65 cum/h. Lubrication occurs by depression with loop lubrication system and it is adjustable by means of two oilers placed in correspondence of the supporting bearings. The rotor is splined to its own shaft and is supported by bearings on both sides. In this series, pump and motor are two independent units and the two shafts are coupled by means of an elastic joint. Cooling occurs by the surface. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, with the purpose to reduce noise and to eliminate smokes. It is necessary to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible impurities sucked. This series of pumps can be supplied with three-phase electric motors only. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.11

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTLP 40/G1, 50/G1, 65/G1 with oil loss lubrication]

VTLP
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N R 0 cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

40/G1
40 50 1.1 1.5 1450 52.5 520 365 525 60 415 45 12.5 186 210 30 125 70 1 150

50/G1
50 50 230/40010%, 50Hz 1.5 2 1450 55.1 560 365 525 115 415 30 12.5 186 210 30 125 80 1 150

65/G1
65 50 1.5 2 1450 72.6 610 380 525 150 415 45 12.5 186 210 30 140 70 11/4 150

They are vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 40, 50, and 65 cum/h. They are lubricated by depression with oil loss and lubrication is adjustable by means of two oilers placed in correspondence of the supporting bearings. The rotor is splined to its own shaft and is supported by bearings on both sides. In this series, pump and motor are two independent units and the two shafts are coupled by means of an elastic joint. Cooling occurs by the surface. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, with the purpose to reduce noise and to eliminate smokes. A safety valve is incorporated on this tank for the automatic drainage of the used oil between periodical changing. The lubricating oil is contained in a suitable transparent container fixed to the pump by means of its support and is controlled by a magnetic level switch. In pumps with oil loss lubrication, lubricating oil, sucked into the pump by means of the drop oilers, is drained into the recovery tank together with the air without being put into circulation again. These pumps are recommended when in the sucked air there are water condensates, solvent vapours or any other thing that may contaminate the lubricating oil. It is necessary to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible impurities sucked. This series of pumps can be supplied with three-phase electric motors only.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.12

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTL 75/G1, 90/G1, 105/G1]

VTL
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. volt Kw Hp Kg

75/G1
75 50 2.2 3 1450 76.5 640 385 400 163 415 62 12.5 186 210 30 145 80 11/4

90/G1
90 50 230/40010%, 50Hz 3.0 4 1450 84.0 660 400 400 163 415 82 12.5 186 210 30 150 92 11/4

105/G1
105 50 3.0 4 1450 97.6 690 400 445 163 415 112 12.5 186 210 30 160 122 11/2

They are vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 75, 90 and 105 cum/h. Lubrication occurs by depression with loop lubrication system and it is adjustable by means of two oilers placed in correspondence of the supporting bearings. The rotor is splined to its own shaft and is supported by bearings on both sides. In this series, pump and motor are two independent units and the two shafts are coupled by means of an elastic joint. Cooling occurs by the surface. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A big tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, with built-in oil condensate trap, has the purpose to reduce noise and to eliminate smokes. It is necessary to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible impurities sucked. This series of pumps can be supplied only with three-phase electric motors. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.13

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTLP 75/G1, 90/G1, 105/G1 with oil loss lubrication]

VTLP
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N R O P cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

75/G1
75 50 2.2 3 1450 78.3 640 415 575 163 415 62 12.5 186 210 30 145 80 11/4 200 30

90/G1
90 50 230/40010%, 50Hz 3.0 4 1450 85.8 660 430 575 163 415 82 12.5 186 210 30 150 92 11/4 200 30

105/G1
105 50 3.0 4 1450 99.4 690 430 620 163 415 112 12.5 186 210 30 160 122 11/2 200 30

gas

They are vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 75, 90 and 105 cum/h. They are lubricated by depression with oil loss and lubrication is adjustable by means of two oilers placed in correspondence of the supporting bearings. The rotor is splined to its own shaft and is supported by bearings on both sides. In this series, pump and motor are two independent units and the two shafts are coupled by means of an elastic joint. Cooling occurs by the surface. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface, suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A big tank for the oil recovery is installed on the pump outlet, with built-in oil condensate trap, has the purpose to reduce noise and to eliminate smokes. A safety valve is incorporated on this tank for the automatic drainage of the used oil between periodical changing. The lubricating oil is contained in a suitable transparent container fixed to the pump by means of its support and is controlled by a magnetic level switch. In pumps with oil loss lubrication, lubricating oil, sucked into the pump by means of the drop oilers, is drained into the recovery tank together with the air without being put into circulation again. These pumps are recommended when in the sucked air there are water condensates, solvent vapours or any other thing that may contaminate the lubricating oil. It is necessary to install a check valve and a suitable filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible impurities sucked.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.14

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTL 6 D.C.]

VTL
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Max input at 24V D.C. Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N O R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw A Kg

6 D.C.
6 2 24 D.C. 0.28 15 3000 10.5 335 168 195 124 65 146 8 128 112 12 44 32 14.5 3/8

The compact size, very good final vacuum level, and the D.C. electrical motor are the main features of this sliding vane vacuum pump. The pump has an oil loop depression lubrication system. Both the pump and motor are surface cooled by the motor fan. The pumps are equipped with a small holding tank, which contains the lubricating oil, and a condensing separator that eliminates exhaust oil mist and also acts as a silencer making these pumps very quite in operation. The pump has an integral check valve on the inlet port and upon request suitable vacuum filtration can be supplied. VTL 6 D.C. pumps can be supplied only with D.C. electrical motor (service S1) in conformity with EMC directive (89/336/EEC). The table shows all the data and the technical features of this range of pumps.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.15

<

>

[Oil-bath vacuum pumps MV 20, 20A]

MV
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N O R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

20
20 40 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 0.75 1 2800 21.5 425 235 215 145 220 60 6.5 170 113 82 40 60 30 1/2

20A
20 0.7 0.75 1 2800 21.5 425 235 215 145 220 60 6.5 170 113 82 40 60 30 1/2

MV series vacuum pumps are single stage pumps with rotating vanes, with oil-bath loop lubrication system. These pumps are driven by a standard electric motor coupled together via an elastic drive joint. A centrifugal fan, splined to the pump shaft, assures a proper airflow for the best cooling of the pump unit (surface forced cooling). A big tank for the oil recovery, installed on the pump outlet, with built-in oil condensate trap, reduces noise and eliminates smoke. The oil contained in the system carries out the function of lubrication, cooling and sealing between the rotating and the fixed parts of the pump. On the suction inlet, the check valve is integral part of the pump as a standard, while upon request, a suitable filter is supplied to stop possible sucked impurities. All MV series pumps can be prepared for installing a gas ballast valve (upon request), which allows a high compatibility to steam. Thanks to the above mentioned devices, as well as to a compact and sturdy construction, MV series of pumps are particularly suitable to operate on continuous duty and under very heavy conditions. In the table on the side, dimensional data and values concerning the technical specifications of this series of pumps are shown.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.16

<

>

[Oil-bath vacuum pumps MV 40, 40A, 60, 60A, 100, 100A ]

MV
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N 0 P R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

40
40 40 1.1 1.5 1450 45 628 338 300 80 415 133 10 250 210 90.5 37.5 188 100 143 11/4

40A
40 0.7 1.1 1.5 1450 45 628 338 300 80 415 133 10 250 210 90.5 37.5 188 100 143 11/4

60
60 40

60A
60 0.7

100
100 40 2.2 3 1450 80 790 430 330 ---M10 290 275 115 40 240 130 180 11/4

100A
100 0.7 2.2 3 1450 80 790 430 330 ---M10 290 275 115 40 240 130 180 11/4

gas

230/400 10%, 50 Hz 1.5 1.5 2 2 1450 1450 53 53 688 688 338 338 300 300 140 140 415 415 133 133 10 10 250 250 210 210 123 123 97 97 188 188 100 100 143 143 11/4 11/4

MV series vacuum pumps are single stage pumps with rotating vanes, with oil-bath loop lubrication system. These pumps are driven by a standard electric motor coupled together via an elastic drive joint. A centrifugal fan, splined to the pump shaft, assures a proper airflow for the best cooling of the pump unit (surface forced cooling). A big tank for the oil recovery, installed on the pump outlet, with built-in oil condensate trap, reduces noise and eliminates smoke. The oil contained in the system carries out the function of lubrication, cooling and sealing between the rotating and the fixed parts of the pump. On the suction inlet, the check valve is integral part of the pump as a standard, while upon request, a suitable filter is supplied to stop possible sucked impurities. All MV series pumps can be prepared for installing a gas ballast valve (upon request), which allows a high compatibility to steam. Thanks to the above mentioned devices, as well as to a compact and sturdy construction, MV series of pumps are particularly suitable to operate on continuous duty and under very heavy conditions. In the table on the side, dimensional data and values concerning the technical specifications of this series of pumps are shown.

N.B.: Pumps mod. MV100-MV1OOA are supplied without fixing plates.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.17

<

>

[Oil-bath vacuum pumps MV200, 200A, 300, 300A]

MV
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N 0 P Q R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

200
200 20 5.5 7.5 1450 150 820 570 485 135 670 470 12 400 350 123 97 167 206 165 15 2

200A

300

300A
300 0.7 7.5 10 1450 180 1030 570 485 245 770 625 12 400 350 123 97 282 206 165 15 2

gas

200 300 0.7 20 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 5.5 7.5 7.5 10 1450 1450 150 180 820 1030 570 570 485 485 135 245 670 770 470 625 12 12 400 400 350 350 123 123 97 97 167 282 206 206 165 165 15 15 2 2

MV series vacuum pumps are single stage pumps with rotating vanes, with oil-bath loop lubrication system. These pumps are driven by a standard electric motor coupled together via an elastic drive joint. A centrifugal fan, splined to the pump shaft, assures a proper airflow for the best cooling of the pump unit (surface forced cooling). A big tank for the oil recovery, installed on the pump outlet, with built-in oil condensate trap, reduces noise and eliminates smoke. The oil contained in the system carries out the function of lubrication, cooling and sealing between the rotating and the fixed parts of the pump. On the suction inlet, the check valve is integral part of the pump as a standard, while upon request, a suitable filter is supplied to stop possible sucked impurities. All MV series pumps can be prepared for installing a gas ballast valve (upon request), which allows a high compatibility to steam. Thanks to the above mentioned devices, as well as to a compact and sturdy construction, MV series of pumps are particularly suitable to operate on continuous duty and under very heavy conditions. In the table on the side, dimensional data and values concerning the technical specifications of this series of pumps are shown.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.18

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTS 2 and 4]

VTS
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

2
2 150 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.13 0.13 0.18 0.18 2900 5.3 5.5 217 180 121 66 71 80 6.5 35 90 79 11 65 1/4

4
4 150

gas

0.15 0.15 0.20 0.20 2900 6.8 7.0 251 186 131 78 81 92 6.5 45 100 73 13 65 1/4

These small dry vacuum pumps have a suction capacity of 2 and 4 cum/h. The particular shape of the working chamber and the special graphite which is used to manufacture the locking flanges and the vanes, allow these pumps to operate without any lubrication. The rotor is overhanging splined to the motor shaft, making the pump smaller in dimensions. Motor and pump are cooled by the motor fan (surface cooling). A filter is installed on the pump outlet and it operates as a silencer. It is recommended to install a proper filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible sucked impurities. These pumps may not be used when the sucked fluid contains vapours or water or oil condensates. Pumps VTS 2 and 4 can also be supplied with single-phase electric motor. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.19

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTS 6 D.C.]

VTS
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Max input at 24V D.C. Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N O R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw A Kg

6 D.C.
6 150 24 D.C. 0.28 15 3000 9.5 290 136 193 124 65 101 8 131 112 12 28 48 14.5 1/4

The compact size, very good final vacuum level, the D.C. electrical motor and the completely oilfree operation are the main features of this sliding vane vacuum pump. The pump has a monobloc structure, with the rotor directly splined on the motor shaft. Both the pump and motor are surface cooled by the motor fan. A filter, with the function of silencer, is assembled on the exhaust. On the inlet of the pump a vacuum filter is recommended for retaining impurities from the application. Due to their design these dry running oil free pumps are not suitable for applications containing vapours or condensed oils. VTS 6 D.C. pumps can be supplied only with D.C. electrical motor (service S1) in conformity with EMC directive (89/336/CEE). The table shows all the data and the technical features of this series of pumps.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.20

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTS 6 and 10]

VTS
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

6
6 80 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.25 0.18 0.33 0.25 1450 11.8 12.0 268 210 156 55 155 58 8.5 43 115 82.5 12.5 68 1/4

10
10 80

gas

0.35 0.25 0.50 0.35 1450 15.0 15.2 298 180 156 55 155 88 8.5 53 115 52.5 12.5 13 3/8

They are dry vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 6 and 10 cum/h. The particular shape of the working chamber and the special graphite which is used to manufacture the locking flanges and the vanes, allow these pumps to operate without any lubrication. The rotor is overhanging splined to the motor shaft, making the pump smaller in dimensions. Motor and pump are cooled by the motor fan (surface cooling). A filter is installed on the pump outlet and it operates as a silencer. It is recommended to install a proper filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible sucked impurities. These pumps may not be used when the sucked fluid contains vapours or water or oil condensates. Pumps VTS 6 and 10 can also be supplied with single-phase electric motor. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.21

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTS 10/F, 15/F, 20/F, 25/F]

VTS
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

10/F
10 80

15/F

20/F

25/F
25 80

gas

0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1450 22.1 22.5 388 260 187 24 340 24 8.5 133 130 55 75 53 1/2

15 20 80 80 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.55 0.88 0.55 0.88 0.75 1.20 0.75 1.20 1450 1450 24.1 27.4 24.5 27.9 408 428 260 260 187 187 24 24 340 340 44 64 8.5 8.5 133 133 130 130 55 55 75 75 63 73 1/2 1/2

0.88 0.88 120 1.20 1450 28.1 28.6 428 260 187 24 385 19 8.5 133 130 55 75 73 3/4

They are dry vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 10, 15, 20 and 25 cum/h. The particular shape of the working chamber and the special graphite which is used to manufacture the locking flanges and the vanes, allow these pumps to operate without any lubrication. Pump rotor is splined to the motor shaft but it is independently supported on both sides by tight ball bearings. Cooling occurs by surface. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A filter is installed on the pump outlet and it operates as a silencer. It is recommended to install proper a filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible sucked impurities. These pumps may not be used when the sucked fluid contains vapours or water or oil condensates. This series of pumps can also be supplied with single-phase electric motors. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.22

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTS 10/FG, 15/FG, 20/FG]

VTS
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Volt Motor power Kw Motor power Hp Rpm Max weight Kg A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~ 3~ 1~

10/FG
10 80

15/FG
15 80 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 230 10%, 50 Hz 0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1450 24.0 24.4 450 265 170 65 340 45 8.5 133 130 55 80 83 1/2

20/FG
20 80

gas

0.55 0.55 0.75 0.75 1450 22.0 22.4 430 265 170 65 340 25 8.5 133 130 55 80 73 1/2

0.88 0.88 1.20 1.20 1450 27.3 27.8 470 265 170 65 340 65 8.5 133 130 55 80 93 1/2

They are dry vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 10, 15, and 20 cum/h. The particular shape of the working chamber and the special graphite which is used to manufacture the locking flanges and the vanes, allow these pumps to operate without any lubrication. The rotor is splined on its shaft and it is supported by two bearings. The pump and electrical motor are two independent units coupled together by an elastic joint. Cooling occurs by surface. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A filter is installed on the pump outlet and it operates as a silencer. It is recommended to install proper a filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible sucked impurities. These pumps may not be used when the sucked fluid contains vapours or water or oil condensates. This series of pumps can also be supplied with single-phase electric motors. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.23

<

>

[Vacuum pumps VTS 25/FG, 30/FG, 35/FG]

VTS
Capacity Final pressure Motor execution Motor power Motor power Rpm Max weight A B C D E F G H I L M N R cum/h mbar abs. Volt Kw Hp Kg

25/FG
25 80 0.88 1.20 1450 28 470 265 170 65 385 20 8.5 133 130 55 80 73 3/4

30/FG
30 80 230/400 10%, 50 Hz 1.0 1.4 1450 32 490 265 170 65 385 40 8.5 133 130 55 80 83 3/4

35/FG
35 80 1.0 1.4 1450 34 510 265 170 65 385 60 8.5 133 130 55 80 93 3/4

They are dry vacuum pumps having a suction capacity of 25, 30, and 35 cum/h. The particular shape of the working chamber and the special graphite which is used to manufacture the locking flanges and the vanes, allow these pumps to operate without any lubrication. The rotor is splined on its shaft and it is supported by two bearings. The pump and electrical motor are two independent units coupled together by an elastic joint. Cooling occurs by surface. Heat is dispersed from the outer surface suitably finned, by means of a radial fan placed between motor and pump. A filter is installed on the pump outlet and it operates as a silencer. It is recommended to install proper a filter on the pump suction inlet to keep possible sucked impurities. These pumps may not be used when the sucked fluid contains va pours or wa ter or oil condensates. This series of pumps can also be supplied with single-phase electric motors. The table shows all data and technical features of this series of pumps.

gas

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.24

<

>

[Small pumpsets]

Art.
DO 06

Tank Litres
6 6 6 6 6 6

Pump Mod.
VTS2 VTS4 VTS6 VTL2 VTL4 VTL5 VTS2 VTS4 VTS6 VTL2 VTL4 VTL5 VTL5 VTL10 MV20

A
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 1000

B
200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

C
60 60 60 60 60 60 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

D
220 253 268 300 330 260 220 253 268 300 330 260 320 352 420 425

E
135 135 135 135 135 135 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175

F
181 191 220 198 198 310 221 231 260 238 238 350 350 370 365 365

G
290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 290 500 500 500 500

H
230 230 230 230 230 230 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270

I
75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75

L
620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620 620

R
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2

DO 10

10 10 10 10 10 10

The small pumpsets are little self-contained units for the vacuum production, in spite of their very small size, they maintain the same functionality as the bigger series. They consist of: A small tank in welded steel plate having a perfect vacuum seal. A vacuum pump with rotating vanes, having a small capacity, either dry running or lubricated. A small vacuum switch for the maximum vacuum degree adjustment. A vacuum gauge for direct reading of the vacuum degree. A switchgear contained in a special protected box. A manual valve for the vacuum interception. The holding of the vacuum degree in the tank, preset by means of the small vacuum switch, is fully automatic. The small pumpsets are suitable to equip small stationary or mobile working units (they can also be supplied with motor at 24 V D.C.), which require vacuum, such as: Trolleys with cups for fixing and moving glasses and crystals. Stirrup systems with vacuum for the ski maintenance, to drill or pantograph marbles, to polish pewter, copper or silver objects etc. Tackles with cups for lifting television sets, various electrical household appliances, to fix glasses into window and door frames, to feed plates into presses etc.

DO 20

20 20 20 20

270 1104 270 1104 270 1104 270 1104

VTL20/F 1000

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.25

<

>

[Horizontal pumpsets]

Art.
DO 25

Tank Litres
25 25 50 50 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 500 500 500 500 1000 1000

Pump Mod.
VTL5 VTL10 VTL5 VTL10 VTL10/F VTL15/F VTL20/F MV20 VTL25/FG VTL30/FG VTL35/FG MV40 VTL50/G1 MV60 VTL65/G1 MV60 VTL65/G1 MV100 VTL105/G1 MV100 VTL105/G1 MV200 MV300 MV200 MV300

C
540 540 620 620 710 710 710 710 805 805 805 890 880 890 880

D
185 185 230 230 280 280 280 280 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 320 320 320 320 330 330 330 330

E
405 405 465 465 570 570 570 570 735 735 735 735 735 735 735 980 980 980 980 1355 1355 1355 1355

F
250 250 290 290 365 365 365 365 355 355 355 355 355 355 355 420 420 420 420 450 450 450 450 685 685

G
25 25 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

H
450 450 530 530 800 800 800 800 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 940 940 940 940 1010 1010 1010 1010

840 270 840 270 985 300 985 300 1215 1215 1215 1215 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 1360 1720 1720 1720 1720 355 355 355 355 410 410 410 410 410 410 410

220 160 220 1/2 220 160 220 1/2 240 205 300 1/2 240 205 300 1/2 295 295 295 295 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 450 450 450 450 470 470 470 470 255 255 255 255 280 280 280 280 280 280 280 340 340 340 340 360 360 360 360 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 11/2 11/2 11/2 11/2 2 2 2 2 3 3

DO 50

D0100

D0150

DO 300

510 1000 510 990 510 1020 510 1045

DO 500

2135 530 1060 2135 530 1085 2135 530 1400 2135 530 1400 2350 775 1640 2350 775 1640

Currently produced in various capacities and ranges, they are made up of: A tank in welded steel plate having a perfect vacuum seal. A vacuum pump to be selected according to the required suction capacity and vacuum degree. A vacuum switch for the adjustment of the operative vacuum degree range. A vacuum gauge for direct reading of the vacuum degree in the tank. A switchgear, contained in a proper tight metal box, with magnetic starter with overload and undervoltage protection, fuse carrier with fuses to protect the plant, transformer for the supply of the low voltage auxiliaries, mains switch with pilot lamp, a switch for the continuous or automatic operation of the pumpset and an hour counter (starting from the 100 litres tank). A manual valve for the vacuum interception. A drain cock for the condensate removal. They are normally used for moving particularly heavy or valuable loads, because in the event of electric current failure, they allow the cups to hold the load for a certain time after failure (variable according to the tank capacity). They are also recommended in multi-point applications, to centralize vacuum. In both cases the use of the pumpset is particularly profitable under the point of view of the energy consumption, because the pump starts working only when vacuum is required by the machine.

D0 1000

520 1145 520 1145

40 1260 40 1260

695 505 800 695 505 800

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.26

<

>

[Horizontal safety pumpsets]

Art.
DSO 300

Tank Litres
300 300 300 300 300 300

Pumps Mod.
MV40 MV60 MV100

D
420 420 420 420 420 420

1720 510 1000 990 990 1720 510 1000 1720 510 1020

980 320 30 450 340 1480 500 215 11/2 980 320 30 450 340 1480 500 215 11/2 980 320 30 450 340 1480 500 215 11/2 980 320 30 450 340 1480 500 215 11/2 980 320 30 450 340 1480 500 215 11/2 980 320 30 450 340 1480 500 215 11/2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

VTL50/G1 1720 510 VTL65/G1 1720 510

VTL105/G1 1720 510 1045 VTL50/G1 2135 530 1030 MV60 MV100 2135 530 1000 2135 530 1060 VTL65/G1 2135 530 1030 VTL105/G1 2135 530 1085 MV60 MV100 MV200 MV300 2305 775 1300 2305 775 1360 2305 775 1700 2305 775 1700

DSO 500

500 500 500 500 500

450 1355 330 30 470 360 1510 600 265 450 1355 330 30 470 360 1510 600 265 450 1355 330 30 470 360 1510 600 265 450 1355 330 30 470 360 1510 600 265 450 1355 330 30 470 360 1510 600 265 645 1160 500 40 695 510 1730 800 115 645 1160 500 40 695 510 1730 800 115 645 1160 500 40 695 510 1730 800 115 645 1160 500 40 695 510 1730 800 115 645 1160 500 40 695 510 1730 800 115

DSO 1000

1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

VTL105/G1 2305 775 1385

Safety pumpsets have been carried out to centralize vacuum in all those working environments such as hospitals, laboratories etc., where it is necessary to assure a vacuum supply 24 hours a day. They are basically made up of: A horizontal tank in welded steel plate having a perfect vacuum seal. Two vacuum pumps to be selected according to the required suction capacity and vacuum degree. Three vacuum switches, two of which to adjust the vacuum degree within which each pump must work and one to fix the minimum safety value to be assured in the system, under which the alarm device must trip. A manual interception valve to cut out or to connect the pumpset to the user system. A drain cock for the condensate removal. A switchgear contained in a proper tight metal box, consisting in magnetic starters with overload and undervoltage protection, protection fuses, transformer for the supply of the low voltage auxiliary controls, automatic time reverser, terminal blocks for the electric connection and, on the panel, main switch with door opener lock, warning lights for the mains and for the pumps operation, commutators for selecting manual or automatic running, alarm device with sound and light signal, push buttons for the alarm test and hour counter. The safety pumpset with this layout normally provides the operation of one pump and the subsequent connection of the second one in case of higher consumptions and when, for whatever reason, the vacuum degree of the plant goes under the fixed value. The automatic time reverser, installed in the switchboard, exactly alternates the priority starting of the pumps, in order that they are submitted to the same mechanical wear. The warning device on the switchboard and the remote one start up when the vacuum degree of the plant goes under the minimum safety value fixed.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.27

<

>

[Vertical pumpsets]

Art.
DV150

Tank Litres
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 500 500 1000 1000

Pump Mod.
VTL25/FG VTL30/FG VTL35/FG MV40 VTL50/G1 MV60 VTL65/G1 MV40 VTL50/G1 MV60 VTL65/G1 MV100 VTL105/G1 MV200 MV300 MV200 MV300

A
1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1700 1700 1950 1950

B
450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

C
520 520 520 550 565 550 565 650 650 650 650 650 650 750 750

D
400 400 400 400 400 400 400 500 500 500 500 500 500 600 600 800 800

E
455 455 455 455 455 455 455 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 800 800

F
1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1890 1890 1890 1890 1890 1890 2220 2220 2480 2480

G
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 450 450 450 450 450 450 480 480 480 480

H
730 730 730 810 805 810 805 810 805 810 805 840 900 1200 1200 1350 1350

R
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

DV 300

DV 500 DV1000

Currently produced in various capacities and ranges, they are made up of: A vertical tank in welded steel plate having a perfect vacuum seal. A vacuum pump to be selected according to the required suction capacity and vacuum degree. A vacuum switch for the adjustment of the operative vacuum degree range. A vacuum gauge for direct reading of the vacuum degree in the tank. A switchgear, contained in a proper tight metal box consisting in: low voltage transformer for the supply of the auxiliary controls, protection fuses, remote control switch with thermal cutout, terminal block; on the control panel there are the main safety switch with door opener lock, a line warning light, a commutator for selecting manual or automatic pump running and an hour counter to show the real pump working time. A manual valve for the vacuum interception. A manual valve to drain condensate. Pumpsets are mostly used for the interlocking of several machines with vacuum, and for safety reasons, for moving particularly heavy or valuable loads, because in the event of electric current failure, they allow the cups to hold the load for a certain time after failure, in proportion to the tank capacity. In both cases, the use of the pumpset is particularly profitable under the point of view of the energy consumption, because the pump starts working only to restore vacuum in the tank, within the fixed values and its operations depends exclusively on the real sucked air quantity at the use.

600 1060 600 1060

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.28

<

>

[Vertical safety pumpsets]

Art.
DSV 150

Tank Litres
150 150 150 150 150 150 150 300 300 300 300 300 300 500 500 500 500 1000 1000 2000 2000

Pumps Mod.
VTL10/F VTL15/F VTL20/F MV20 VTL25/FG VTL30/FG VTL35/FG MV40 VTL50/G1 MV60 VTL65/G1 MV100 VTL105/G1 MV60 VTL65/G1 MV100 VTL105/G1 MV200 MV300 MV200 MV300

A
1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1180 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1525 1525 1525 1525 1300 1300 1300 1300

B
450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

C
625 625 625 625 630 630 630 725 725 725 725 725 725 750 750 750 750

D
400 400 400 400 400 400 400 500 500 500 500 500 500 600 600 600 600 800 800

E
455 455 455 455 455 455 455 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

F
1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1890 1890 1890 1890 1890 1890 2220 2220 2220 2220

G
340 340 340 340 340 340 340 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

H
1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450 1650 1650 1650 1650 1650 1650 1650 1650 1650 1650

I
400 400 400 400 400 400 400 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 ---------

R
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3

DSV 300

DSV 500

DSV 1000 DSV 2000

850 1060 850 1060

800 2480 800 2480 770 2450 770 2450

--- 1800 --- 1800 2090 1800 2090 1800

850 1060 1100 850 1060 1100

Safety pumpsets have been carried out to centralize vacuum in all those working environments such as hospitals, laboratories etc., where it is necessary to assure a vacuum supply 24 hours a day. They are basically made up of: A vertical tank in welded steel plate having a perfect vacuum seal. Two vacuum pumps to be selected according to the required suction capacity and vacuum degree. Three vacuum switches, two of which to adjust the vacuum degree within which each pump must work and one to fix the minimum safety value to be assured in the system, under which the alarm device must trip. A manual interception valve to cut out or to connect the pumpset to the user system. A valve to drain condensate. A switchgear contained in a proper tight metal box, consisting in magnetic starters with overload and undervoltage protection, protection fuses, transformer for the supply of the low voltage auxiliary controls, automatic time reverser, terminal blocks for the electric connection and, on the panel, main switch with door opener lock, warning lights for the mains and for the pumps operation, commutators for selecting manual or automatic running, alarm device with sound and light signal, push buttons for the alarm test and hour counter. The safety pumpset with this layout normally provides the operation of one pump and the subsequent connection of the second one in case of higher consumptions and when, for whatever reason, the vacuum degree of the plant goes under the fixed value. The automatic time reverser, installed in the switchboard, exactly alternates the priority starting of the pumps, in order that they are submitted to the same mechanical wear. The warning device on the switchboard and the remote one start up when the vacuum degree of the plant goes under the minimum safety value fixed.

[Vacuum pumps and pumpsets]

7.29

<

>

<<

[ Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

[Vacuum generators and pumpsets]

Vacuum generator performance tables including evacuation times Vacuum generators Art. 15 01 10 and 15 03 10 Vacuum generators with ejector Art. 15 02 10 and 15 04 10 Vacuum generators in line Art. PVP 1 Vacuum generators Art. PVP 2 and PVP 3 Vacuum generators Art. PVP 2M Vacuum generators in line Art. GV1, GV2 and GV3 Vacuum generators Art. PVP 7 Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors General description Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. M3 M14 Multi-function vacuum generators Art. MVG3 MVG14 Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. PVP 12M and 25M Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. PVP 40M, 70M and 1OOM Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. PVP 140M,170M and 200M Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. PVP 250M and 300M Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. PVP 25MD, 35MD and 50MD Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. PVP 60MD and 75MD Modular vacuum generators with multiple ejectors Art. PVP 150MD 600MD Adjustable vacuum generators Conveyor Art. PVR 25 200 Flow vacuum generators Vacuum Jet Art. CX7 50 Small venturi pumpsets Venturi pumpsets

page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page

8.00 8.01 8.02 8.03 8.04 8.05 8.06 8.07 8.08 8.09 8.10 8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 8.18 8.19 8.20 8.21

<

>

Generator
Item No.
15 01 10 15 02 10 15 03 10 15 04 10 PVP 1 PVP 2 PVP 2 M PVP 3 PVP 7 M 3 M 7 M 10 M 14 MVG 3 MVG 7 MVG 10 MVG 14 GV 1 GV 2 GV 3 PVP 12 M PVP 25 M PVP 40 M PVP 70 M PVP 100 M PVP 140 M PVP 170 M PVP 200 M PVP 250 M PVP 300 M PVP 25 MD PVP 35 MD PVP 50 MD PVP 60 MD PVP 75 MD PVP 150 MD PVP 300 MD PVP 450 MD PVP 600 MD

Max. vacuum level -KPa


80 80 85 85 87 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90

Supply pressure bar (g)


6 6 6 6 5 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Vacuum air flow (Nl/s) at different vacuum levels (-KPa) 0


0.638 0.638 1.388 1.388 0.277 0.361 0.361 0.500 2.277 0.972 1.944 2.916 3.888 0.972 1.944 2.916 3.888 0.250 0.250 0.250 4.16 6.94 11.11 18.88 27.22 41.66 47.22 55.00 69.44 83.33 11.11 13.88 15.55 21.94 24.72 50.00 97.22 141.66 183.33

10
0.605 0.605 1.316 1.316 0.264 0.344 0.344 0.476 2.159 0.789 1.578 2.366 3.155 0.789 1.578 2.366 3.155 0.237 0.237 0.237 2.95 5.25 7.93 13.49 19.44 29.76 33.73 39.28 49.60 59.52 7.77 9.71 11.78 15.35 17.30 35.00 68.05 99.16 128.33

20
0.534 0.534 1.163 1.163 0.232 0.302 0.302 0.418 1.908 0.591 1.182 1.774 2.365 0.591 1.182 1.774 2.365 0.209 0.209 0.209 1.93 3.40 5.29 8.99 12.96 19.84 22.48 26.19 33.06 39.68 5.22 6.52 7.30 10.20 11.49 23.33 45.36 66.11 85.55

30
0.396 0.396 0.864 0.864 0.175 0.227 0.227 0.314 1.417 0.354 0.709 1.063 1.418 0.354 0.709 1.063 1.418 0.155 0.155 0.155 0.97 1.61 2.64 4.49 6.48 9.92 11.24 13.09 16.53 19.84 2.58 3.23 3.62 5.12 5.77 11.66 22.68 33.05 42.77

40
0.300 0.300 0.656 0.656 0.129 0.168 0.168 0.233 1.076 0.261 0.522 0.783 1.045 0.261 0.522 0.783 1.045 0.118 0.118 0.118 0.69 1.15 1.89 3.21 4.63 7.08 8.03 9.35 11.80 14.17 1.85 2.31 2.59 3.65 4.11 8.33 16.19 23.61 30.55

50
0.193 0.193 0.423 0.423 0.084 0.109 0.109 0.151 0.694 0.186 0.373 0.560 0.746 0.186 0.373 0.560 0.746 0.076 0.076 0.076 0.55 0.92 1.51 2.57 3.70 5.67 6.42 7.48 9.44 11.33 1.47 1.84 2.06 2.92 3.30 6.66 12.96 18.88 24.44

60
0.117 0.117 0.257 0.257 0.054 0.071 0.071 0.098 0.422 0.125 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.125 0.250 0.375 0.500 0.046 0.046 0.046 0.41 0.69 1.13 1.93 2.78 4.26 4.83 5.62 7.10 8.52 1.11 1.38 1.55 2.19 2.47 5.00 9.72 14.16 18.33

70
0.086 0.086 0.190 0.190 0.034 0.045 0.045 0.062 0.312 0.087 0.174 0.262 0.349 0.087 0.174 0.262 0.349 0.034 0.034 0.034 0.27 0.48 0.79 1.35 1.94 2.98 3.38 3.93 4.96 5.96 0.77 0.97 1.08 1.53 1.73 3.33 6.47 9.44 12.22

80
----0.019 0.019 0.004 0.005 0.005 0.007 0.031 0.052 0.104 0.156 0.208 0.052 0.104 0.156 0.208 0.003 0.003 0.003 0.16 0.27 0.45 0.77 1.11 1.70 1.93 2.25 2.84 3.40 0.44 0.55 0.62 0.87 0.98 2.00 3.88 5.66 7.33

90
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Generator
Item No.
15 01 10 15 02 10 15 03 10 15 04 10 PVP 1 PVP 2 PVP 2 M PVP 3 PVP 7 M 3 M 7 M 10 M 14 MVG 3 MVG 7 MVG 10 MVG 14 GV 1 GV 2 GV 3 PVP 12 M PVP 25 M PVP 40 M PVP 70 M PVP 100 M PVP 140 M PVP 170 M PVP 200 M PVP 250 M PVP 300 M PVP 25 MD PVP 35 MD PVP 50 MD PVP 60 MD PVP 75 MD PVP 150 MD PVP 300 MD PVP 450 MD PVP 600 MD

Max. vacuum level -KPa


80 80 85 85 87 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 85 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90

Supply pressure bar (g)


6 6 6 6 5 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Air Evacuation time (ms/l = s/cum) at the different vacuum levels (-KPa) consumption Nl/s 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 85 90
1.6 1.6 1.8 1.8 0.6 0.9 0.9 1.1 3.2 0.9 1.8 2.4 3.2 0.9 1.8 2.4 3.2 0.4 0.4 0.4 1.6 3.2 3.2 6.4 9.6 12.8 16.0 19.2 24.0 28.8 3.2 4.8 6.4 8.0 9.6 16.0 32.0 48.0 64.0 167 167 77 77 379 296 296 210 47 110 55 36 27 110 55 36 27 428 428 428 21.3 12.0 8.1 4.7 3.3 2.2 1.9 1.6 1.3 1.1 8.1 6.4 5.4 4.1 3.7 1.8 0.9 0.6 0.5 334 334 154 154 767 599 599 425 95 253 126 83 62 253 126 83 62 856 856 856 54.7 31.1 20.2 11.7 8.2 5.5 4.7 4.0 3.2 2.7 20.2 16.2 14.5 10.4 9.2 4.5 2.3 1.6 1.2 568 568 262 262 1304 1018 1018 723 161 508 254 166 124 508 254 166 124 1455 1455 1455 120.1 72.3 44.5 25.8 18.1 12.1 10.4 8.8 7.1 5.9 45.1 36.0 32.1 22.8 20.2 9.9 5.1 3.5 2.7 874 874 403 403 1996 1559 1559 1106 247 1001 500 327 245 1001 500 327 245 2241 2241 2241 290.4 174.2 106.9 62.0 43.5 29.0 25.0 21.1 17.0 14.3 108.3 86.7 77.3 54.9 48.8 24.0 12.4 8.5 6.5 1407 1407 650 650 3213 2510 2510 1780 397 1698 849 555 416 1698 849 555 416 3608 3608 3608 519.9 310.8 191.3 111.0 77.9 51.9 44.8 37.8 30.5 25.5 194.5 155.4 138.8 98.0 86.7 43.1 22.1 15.2 11.7 1955 1955 903 903 4467 3488 3488 2475 552 2479 1239 811 608 2479 1239 811 608 5015 5015 5015 804.8 478.2 292.8 169.9 119.2 79.5 68.8 57.8 46.6 39.0 297.2 239.1 212.9 150.6 133.6 66.1 34.0 23.3 18.0 3270 3270 1510 1510 7460 5826 5826 4133 923 4140 2070 1355 1016 4140 2070 1355 1016 8375 8375 8375 1425.9 802.0 487.5 282.8 198.6 132.4 114.3 96.3 77.4 64.8 500.0 396.9 356.5 251.6 222.5 90.1 46.4 31.8 24.6 5918 5918 2737 2737 13525 10563 10563 7494 1673 7369 3684 2411 1808 7369 3684 2411 1808 15176 15176 15176 2375.0 1407.4 843.4 489.4 343.6 229.0 197.8 166.6 134.0 112.1 863.6 690.9 612.9 436.8 387.8 190.4 98.1 67.3 52.0 --------3887 --3887 --19206 --15000 --15000 --10642 --2376 --10464 --5232 --3424 --2568 --10464 --5232 --3424 --2568 ----- 55847 --- 55847 --- 55847 --8750 --5184 --3104 --1801 --1264 --843 --728 --613 --493 --413 --3181 --2545 --2258 --1610 --1428 --701 --362 --248 --192

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

<

[Tables showing the quantity of evacuated air and the evacuation times of vacuum generators, at the different vacuum levels.]
8.00

>

[Vacuum generators]

Vacuum generators operate using the Venturi principle. When feeding the generator with compressed air in port P, a depression is produced at connection U and at point R the feeding air with the sucked air is released. By interrupting to feed P, the vacuum effect in U stops. The described vacuum generators are generally used for moving by means of cups non-porous objects or on equipment where the capacity and the vacuum degree requirements are very low.

Art.
Vacuum air flow Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Supply pressure Max supply pressure Air consumption at 6 bar Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I L M N O gas gas gas cum/h -KPa mbar (a). bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s C Kg

15 01 10
2.3 80 200 46 7 1.6 -20/+80 0.140 62 30 30 7 37 25 5.5 1/4 20 9 1/4 1/4 4.5

15 03 10
5 85 150 46 7 1.8 -20/+80 0.300 76 30 35 5 22.6 53.4 5.5 1/2 21.5 5 1/4 3/8 ---

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.01

<

>

[Vacuum generators with ejector]

Art.
Vacuum air flow Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Supply pressure Max supply pressure Air consumption at 6 bar Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I L M N gas gas gas cum/h -KPa mbar (a) bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s C Kg

15 02 10
2.3 80 200 46 7 1.6 -20/+80 0.350 62 40 70 13 37 25 6.5 1/4 20 9 1/4 1/4

15 04 10
5 85 150 46 7 1.8 -20/+80 0.510 76 40 86 5 22.6 53.4 5.5 1/2 21.5 5 1/4 3/8

Also these vacuum generators operate using the Venturi principle. When feeding the generator with compressed air in port P, a depression is produced at connection U and at point R the feeding air with the sucked air is released and, at the same time a chamber contained in the generator is fed which, when the feeding in P stops, releases through the connection U the compressed air stored in it, thus rapidly re-establishing the atmospheric pressure at the using point. If for example at the using point U a cup is connected, by means of this system it will get detached much more rapidly compared to the previously described vacuum generators.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.02

<

>

[Vacuum generators in line PVP1]

This new range of vacuum generator operates using the Venturi principle. The feature that distinguishes these from the standard models, are the ports for connection to the supply air and vacuum. These are on the same axis whilst the exhaust port is perpendicular on the body of the unit. This design offers the advantages of small dimensions, ease of assembly and simple maintenance. They are equipped with a stainless steel mesh vacuum filter and with a special microfibre silencer on the exhaust, which makes them particularly quiet in operation. They can be assembled directly on the cup support or holder.

Art.
Vacuum air flow Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Supply pressure Max supply pressure Air consumption at 5 bar Working temperature Weight cum/h -KPa mbar (a) bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s C Kg

PVP 1
1 87 130 5 6 0.6 -20/+80 0.044

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.03

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP2 and PVP3]

With particularly small dimensions, in relation to their performance, these vacuum generators operate using the Venturi principle. When feeding the generator with compressed air in port P, a depression is produced at connection U and at point R the feeding air with the sucked air is released. By interrupting to feed P, the vacuum effect in U stops. The described vacuum generators are generally used for moving by means of cups non-porous objects or on equipment where the capacity and the vacuum degree requirements are very low.

Art.
Vacuum air flow Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Supply pressure Max supply pressure Air consumption at 4 bar Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I L M N gas gas cum/h -KPa mbar (a) bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s C Kg

PVP 2
2 85 150 4 6 0.9 -20/+80 0.070 40 30 17 28 6 4.5 1/4 1/8 5.5 6 10 20

PVP 3
3 85 150 4 6 1.1 -20/+80 0.100 40 40 20 27 6.5 4.5 1/4 1/8 6 6.5 20 20

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.04

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP2M]

The vacuum generators shown on this page are based on the same Venturi principle of those previously described and offer the same performance. However they are designed in such a way as to offer the facility to directly mount the vacuum cup, which is ideal for small pick and place applications. Being a complete vacuum pick and place assembly they can be mounted directly onto the machinery or level compensating units. These vacuum generators are suitable for machine loaders, handling of plates, glass slabs, plastic panels and other similar products.

Art.
Vacuum air flow Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Supply pressure Max supply pressure Air consumption at 4 bar Working temperature Weight cum/h -KPa mbar (a) bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s C Kg

PVP 2M
2 85 150 4 6 0.9 -20/+80 0.162

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.05

<

>

[Vacuum generators in line GV1, GV2 and GV3]

This new range of vacuum generator operates using the Venturi principle. The feature that distinguishes these from the standard models, are the ports for connection to the supply air and vacuum. These are on the same axis whilst the exhaust port is perpendicular on the body of the unit. This design offers the advantages of small dimensions, ease of assembly and simple maintenance. They can be assembled directly on the cup supports or holders.

Art.
Vacuum air flow Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Supply pressure Max supply pressure Air consumption at 5 bar Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G Ch. cum/h -KPa mbar (a) bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s C Kg

GV1
0.9 90 100 45 6 0.4 -20/+80 0.019 30 G1/4 M5 18.5 17 13 M5

GV2
0.9 90 100 45 6 0.4 -20/+80 0.020 35 G1/4 G1/8 18.5 17 13 M5

GV3
0.9 90 100 45 6 0.4 -20/+80 0.021 38 G1/4 G1/4 18.5 17 13 M5

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.06

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP7]

Art.
Vacuum air flow Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Supply pressure Air consumption Working temperature Weight cum/h -KPa mbar (a) bar (g) Nl/s C Kg 7.2 60 400 4 2.3

PVP 7
7.7 73 270 5 2.7 -20/+80 0.470 8.2 85 150 6 3.2

Vacuum generators PVP 7 operate using the Venturi principle previously described for the generators PVP 2 and PVP 3. They are different from these ones for their higher suction capacity, which is possible by the coupling, in parallel, of two ejectors. Thanks to a special silencer installed on their outlet, they are particularly noiseless. They are currently equipped with a vacuum gauge for the direct reading of the vacuum degree. On the supplementary connection of the generator it is possible to install a small vacuum switch to signal the vacuum degree or, a pneumatic solenoid valve for a quicker air introduction at the using point. These vacuum generators can be used to interlock one or more cups or machines, where the ca pacity and vacuum degree requirement is rather restricted.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.07

<

>

[Vacuum generators with multiple ejectors General description]

The vacuum generators with multiple ejectors are instruments able to produce a maximum depression of 90% equal to a final vacuum of 100 mbar (a), with different suction capacities. They work using compressed air at 46 bar (g). They consist of multiple ejectors and their number changes according to the suction capacity. WORKING PRINCIPLE Every ejector is based on the application of the Venturi pipe: the feeding fluid (compressed air) is led at high speed by a convergent pipe into the fluid that has to be extracted (volume of the air to be sucked); the mixture formed, is led to another divergent pipe where its kinetic energy is transformed in pressure energy, suitable to let it enter into the ambient at a higher pressure (atmospheric pressure at the outlet). TECHNICAL FEATURES The advantage of the vacuum generators with multiple ejectors is the one of exploiting kinetic energy of the feeding compressed air through several ejectors, suitably sized, before releasing it into the atmosphere. This system allows, with the same suction capacity, a lower compressed air consumption compared to the traditional ejectors. The suction capacity is indirectly proportional to the differential of pressure existing between the pressure of the fluid to be sucked and the external one (atmospheric pressure). The small size and weight make vacuum generators with multiple ejectors very compact

related to their high vacuum flow capacity. As there are no moving parts, these units can be continuously used without any heat development and this makes them particularly noiseless when operating. As they have no electrical connections, they are explosion-proof and they can be used in working environments with temperatures ranging from -20 to + 80C. They are completely made with stainless steel materials. Due to their design sufficient vacuum air filtration is required to maintain efficient operation and eliminate the need for servicing.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.08

<

>

[Vacuum generators M3, M7, M10 and M14]

P= Compressed air connection, R= Air exhaust, U= Vacuum connection

Comprising of a new multiple ejector design, assembled on compact modules, this range of vacuum generator is distinctive in regards to the high vacuum flow capacity in relation to their small size. With a compressed air supply of 4 6 bar, they are able to produce a maximum depression equal to 85% and a vacuum flow capacity of 3,5 14 cum/h, according to the number of the modules they are composed of. The filter-silencer is integral to the unit. Manufactured completely in anodized aluminium, they can be installed in any position. These multiple ejector vacuum generators are suitable for vacuum cup grip systems, particularly in the field of industrial robotics, where devices with a very good working performance, but with very small sizes and weights, are required.

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption at 6 bar Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G gas . bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) Nl/s cum/h C Kg

M3
6 85 150 0.9 3.5 -10/+80 0.109 24.5 9 11 4.5 20 11 1/4

M7
6 85 150 1.8 7 -10/+80 0.111 25.5 10 11 4.5 24 12 3/8

M10
6 85 150 2,4 10.5 -10/+80 0.144 34.5 10 20 4.5 24 12 3/8

M14
6 85 150 3.2 14 -10/+80 0.145 34.5 10 20 4.5 24 12 3/8

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.09

<

>

[Multi-function vacuum generators]


This new range of vacuum generators are complete stand alone units offering the user an entire vacuum control system. They are distinct in their design and operation characteristics offering very strong vacuum and ejector performance in a very compact assembly. Contained within an anodized aluminium base, they consist of: A modular and silenced multi stage vacuum generator. A micro solenoid valve to supply the compressed air to the generator. A micro solenoid valve for the compressed air ejector. An adjustable flow regulator for the compressed air ejector A unidirectional check valve on the vacuum port to enable a safe, secure grip during a power failure. A digital vacuum switch with electronic display and switching indicator for starting the compressed air and offering a signal to indicate a safe lift condition. An anodized aluminium manifold which contains the vacuum ports and integral filter designed for ease of inspection. Once the compressed air micro solenoid valve has been switched, the vacuum generator makes vacuum at the application; when the maximum preset value is reached, the vacuum switch, acting on the electric coil of the micro solenoid valve, stops the supply of the compressed air and restores it when the vacuum falls below the minimum value. This modulation, apart from keeping the vacuum level within the preset security values (hysteresis), allows a remarkable compressed air saving. A second signal from the vacuum switch, adjustable and independent from the first, can be used to allow the start of the cycle, when the required vacuum level is reached and suitable for the application. When the working cycle has finished, the micro solenoid valve for the supply of compressed air to the generator switches off and, at the same time, the ejecting micro solenoid valve switches on for the rapid restoration of the atmospheric pressure within the application. These units may be installed in any position. These multi-function vacuum generators are suitable for vacuum cup gripping systems, for the handling of plates, glass, marble, ceramic, plastics, cardboard, wood etc. and in particular for use in the field of the industrial robotics, where devices with very good operating performance, but also with compact sizes and low weights, are required.

P= Compressed air connection, R= Air exhaust, U= Vacuum connection

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption at 6 bar Vacuum air flow Blow air capacity at 6 bar (g) Position of supply solenoid valve Position of ejecting solenoid valve Voltage Current input Vacuum switch output Class of protection Working temperature Weight A B G gas IP C Kg bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h I/min NO/NC NO/NC V W

MVG3
6 85 150 0.9 3.5 222 NO NC 24DC 1.4x2 PNP 65 -10/+60 0.666 89 11 1 /4

MVG7
6 85 150 1.8 7 222 NO NC 24DC 1.4x2 PNP 65 -10/+60 0.670 89 11 3/8

MVG10
6 85 150 2.4 10.5 222 NO NC 24DC 1.4x2 PNP 65 -10/+60 0.716 98 20 3/8

MVG14
6 85 150 3.2 14 222 NO NC 24DC 1.4x2 PNP 65 -10/+60 0.720 98 20 3/8

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.10

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP 12M and 25M]

These vacuum generators fed by compressed air at an optimum pressure of 4 6 bar, can produce a maximum depression of 90%, equal to a final vacuum of 100 mbar, with a suction capacity of 12 25 cum/h at the normal atmospheric pressure. Depending on the suction capacity, they are made up of one or two sets of ejectors based on the Venturi principle. The innovation of these generators consists in the exploitation of the kinetic energy of the feeding compressed air through several ejectors on line, properly sized, before releasing it into the atmosphere. With the same suction capacity, this system allows a lower compressed air consumption compared to the traditional ejectors. They are completely made in anodized aluminium.

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight A B C D R bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg

PVP 12M
4 5 6 65 85 90 350 150 100 1.2 1.4 1.6 12 13.5 15 -20/+80 0.600 31 65 38 21 3/8

PVP 25M
4 5 6 65 85 90 350 150 100 2.4 2.8 3.2 21 23 25 -20/+80 0.880 52 86 29.5 29.5 3/8

gas

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.11

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP 40M 100M]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg

PVP 40M
4 5 6

PVP 70M
4 5 6

PVP 100M
4 65 5 6

65 82 90 350 180 100 2.4 2.8 3.2 32 36 40 -20/+80 4.2

65 82 90 350 180 100 4.8 5.6 6.4 56 62 68 - 20/+80 4.2

82 90

350 180 100 7.2 8.4 9.6 80 89 98 - 20/+80 4.2

Designed specifically for incorporation in the Octopus lifting system, this new range of vacuum generators with multiple ejectors are very versatile in their applications and represent a real evolution in comparison with traditional vacuum pumps with rotating vanes. Composed of a new design of ejectors, these generators have an exceptional ratio between the compressed air consumption vs. vacuum airflow offering a very efficient system. They also have the benefit of adjusting the vacuum level simply by changing the compressed air inlet pressure. One of the particular concerns during the design of these new generators was the noise level and as such, due to the absence of moving parts, which would be subject to vibration and wear, they are very quiet in operation. Moreover, as their working principle is by venturi, they do not emit heat and as they are constructed of light alloys their weight is very low. A good filtration of both the compressed air supply and vacuum air intake offers an exhaust discharge free of oil vapour, water condensate or impurities into the working environment, with periodic cleaning of the filters as the only maintenance required.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.12

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP 140M 200M]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg

PVP 140M
4 70 5 85 6 90

PVP 170M
4 70 5 85 6 90

PVP 200M
4 70 5 6

85 90

300 150 100 9.6 11.2 12.8 125 140 150 -20/+80 5.1

300 150 100 12.0 14.0 16.0 140 155 170 -20/+80 5.1

300 150 100 14.4 16.8 19.2 170 188 198 -20/+80 5.1

Designed specifically for incorporation in the Octopus lifting system, this new range of vacuum generators with multiple ejectors are very versatile in their applications and represent a real evolution in comparison with traditional vacuum pumps with rotating vanes. Composed of a new design of ejectors, these generators have an exceptional ratio between the compressed air consumption vs. vacuum airflow offering a very efficient system. They also have the benefit of adjusting the vacuum level simply by changing the compressed air inlet pressure. One of the particular concerns during the design of these new generators was the noise level and as such, due to the absence of moving parts, which would be subject to vibration and wear, they are very quiet in operation. Moreover, as their working principle is by venturi, they do not emit heat and as they are constructed of light alloys their weight is very low. A good filtration of both the compressed air supply and vacuum air intake offers an exhaust discharge free of oil vapour, water condensate or impurities into the working environment, with periodic cleaning of the filters as the only maintenance required.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.13

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP 250M and 300M]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg

PVP 250M
4 70 5 85 6 90

PVP 300M
4 70 5 85 6 90

300 150 100 18.0 21.0 24.0 200 225 250 -20/+80 6

300 150 100 21.6 25.2 28.8 225 250 300 -20/+80 6

Designed specifically for incorporation in the Octopus lifting system, this new range of vacuum generators with multiple ejectors are very versatile in their applications and represent a real evolution in comparison with traditional vacuum pumps with rotating vanes. Composed of a new design of ejectors, these generators have an exceptional ratio between the compressed air consumption vs. vacuum airflow offering a very efficient system. They also have the benefit of adjusting the vacuum level simply by changing the compressed air inlet pressure. One of the particular concerns during the design of these new generators was the noise level and as such, due to the absence of moving parts, which would be subject to vibration and wear, they are very quiet in operation. Moreover, as their working principle is by venturi, they do not emit heat and as they are constructed of light alloys their weight is very low. A good filtration of both the compressed air supply and vacuum air intake offers an exhaust discharge free of oil vapour, water condensate or impurities into the working environment, with periodic cleaning of the filters as the only maintenance required.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.14

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP 25MD, 35MD and 50MD]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg

PVP 25MD
4 5 6

PVP 35MD
4 5 6

PVP 50MD
4 5 6

67 85 90 330 150 100 2.4 2.8 3.2 33 37 40 -20/+80 1.710

67 85 90 330 150 100 3.6 4.2 4.8 41 46 50 -20/+80 1.730

67 85 90 330 150 100 4.8 5.6 6.4 46 51 56 -20/+80 1.750

A line of ejectors of new design enabled us to develop this range of vacuum generators which have a very good ratio between the quantity of consumed air and the sucked one (volumetric efficiency) and for the possibility of the user to select the vacuum degree or the capacity depending on the pressure of the feeding air. Fed by compressed air at an optimum pressure of 4 6 bar, they are able to produce a maximum depression of 90%, equal to a final vacuum of 100 mbar, with suction capacities ranging from 33 to 56 cum/h, measured at the normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. Depending on the suction capacity, they consist of two, three or four sets of new ejectors based on the Venturi principle. The innovation of these generators consists in the exploitation of the kinetic energy of the feeding compressed air through several ejectors on line, properly sized, before releasing it into the atmosphere. With the same suction capacity, this system allows a lower compressed air consumption compared to the traditional Venturi systems. They are entirely manufactured in anodized aluminium, with lamellar valves and gaskets in special compounds, and they are all equipped, currently, with a silencer on the air outlet.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.15

<

>

[Vacuum generators PVP 60MD and 75MD]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg

PVP 60MD
4 67 5 85 6 90 8.0 79

PVP 75MD
4 67 7.2 73 5 85 8.4 82 -20/+80 2.180 6 90 9.6 89

330 150 100 6.0 7.0 65 73 -20/+80 2.160

330 150 100

A line of ejectors of new design enabled us to develop this range of vacuum generators which have a very good ratio between the quantity of consumed air and the sucked one (volumetric efficiency) and for the possibility of the user to select the vacuum degree or the capacity depending on the pressure of the feeding air. Fed by compressed air at an optimum pressure of 4 6 bar, they are able to produce a maximum depression of 90%, equal to a final vacuum of 100 mbar, with suction capacities ranging from 65 to 89 cum/h, measured at the normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. Depending on the suction capacity, they consist of five or six sets of new ejectors based on the Venturi principle. The innovation of these generators consists in the exploitation of the kinetic energy of the feeding compressed air through several ejectors on line, properly sized, before releasing it into the atmosphere. With the same suction capacity, this system allows a lower compressed air consumption compared to the traditional Venturi systems. They are entirely manufactured in anodized aluminium, with lamellar valves and gaskets in special compounds, and they are all equipped, currently, with a silencer on the air outlet.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.16

<

>

[Modular vacuum generators PVP 150MD 600MD]

The particular configuration of these new vacuum generators allowed us to reach high suction capacities with very small overall dimensions. The ejectors used have the same features as those previously described, but they are assembled on modular frames instead of being fixed directly to the generator body. The overlap of one or more modular frames determines the capacity of the generators. Fed by compressed air filtered with an ideal pressure of 6 bar, they can create a 90% maximum vacuum, with suction capacities ranging from 180 to 660 cum/h, measured at the normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. They are entirely manufactured in anodized aluminium, with lamellar valves and gaskets in special compounds. Designed with sound levels in mind these units are extremely quiet in their operation.

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption at 6 bar Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight A B G R L gas bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg

PVP 150MD
6 90 100 16 180 -20/+80 7.8 80 30 15 11/2 125

PVP 300MD PVP 450MD PVP 600MD


6 90 100 32 350 -20/+80 8.8 100 30 15 2 145 6 90 100 48 510 -20/+80 9.9 122 48 22 21/2 167 6 90 100 64 660 -20/+80 11.1 142 48 22 3 187

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.17

<

>

[Adjustable vacuum generators Conveyor]

OPERATING PRINCIPLE The operation of these vacuum generators is based on the Venturi principle. Unlike those previously described, the ejector they are provided with, besides having a far higher flow diameter, is also adjustable. This feature allows to modify capacity and vacuum degree of the device, without changing the pressure degree of the feeding air. Also the compressed air consumptions are in relation with the actual performances of the vacuum generator. FEATURES The particular configuration of the adjustable vacuum generators and their operating principle with straight flow allow to suck and transfer products of different kind, without interferences, like the flow generators; however, unlike the latter ones, they can pass far bigger differences in height. They are suitable for transferring powders, granulated products, sawdust, corn, metal chips, liquid or dry foodstuffs, etc.; for interlocking cups in the presence of powders or liquids; or for extracting fumes, refrigerating fogs, water or oil condensates, etc. The absence of moving parts allows continuous use without heat development. As no electric current is required, they can also be used in hazardous environments where an ignition source would be dangerous. They are entirely manufactured in anodized anticorodal aluminium. Due to their features, a good filtration of the feeding compressed air is sufficient, in order to avoid any kind of maintenance.

Conveyor
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight A B C C1 D E F G H L

Art.
bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) NI/s cum/h C Kg gas gas

PVR 25
6 75 250 6.6 25 -20/+80 0.150 19 32 1/4 1/4 19 47 34

PVR 50
6 75 250 13.2 50 -20/+80 0.280 26 38 3/8 1/2 35 54 61 1/4 25 150

PVR 100
6 75 250 20.7 100 -20/+80 0.430 32 50 1/2 3/4 35 60 55 3/8 28 150

PVR 200
6 75 250 42.4 200 -20/+80 0.550 38 57 3/4 1 35 60 77 1/2 28 172

gas

1/8 22 100

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.18

<

>

[Flow vacuum generators Vacuum Jet]

OPERATING PRINCIPLE The feeding compressed air, blown into a ring chamber concentric to the device, flows at a very high speed towards the centre of the main pipe, thus forming a cyclonic effect. The latter has the property to create a vacuum inside the device and induce a large volume of air towards its exit. Consequently, by changing the feeding air pressure, the depression and the amount of air sucked will also change. FEATURES The particular configuration of the flow vacuum generators and their operating principle with straight flow allow to suck and transfer products of different kind, without interferences. Actually, vacuum jets are suitable for transferring powders, granulated products, sawdust, corn, metal chips, liquid or dry foodstuffs, etc.; or for extracting fumes, refrigerating fogs, water or oil condensates, etc. The absence of moving parts allows continuous use without heat development. As no electric current is required, they can also be used in hazardous environments where an ignition source would be dangerous. They are entirely manufactured in anodized anticorodal aluminium. Due to their features, a good filtration of the feeding compressed air is sufficient, in order to avoid any kind of maintenance.

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Final pressure Air consumption Vacuum air flow Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H L gas bar (g) -KPa mbar (a) Nl/s cum/h C Kg

CX7
36 10 900 0.91.6 15 -20/+80 0.110 19 32 7 15 42 33 1/8 13 90

CX10
36 10 900 1.52.6 32 0.104 19 32 10 15 42 33 1/8 13 90

CX13
36 10 900 4.16.9 61 0.280 25 45 13 30 55 55 1/4 18 140

CX19
36 10 900 6.110 115 0.500 32 54 19 43 65 82 3/8 22 190

CX25
36 10 900 150 -20/+80 0.560 38 60 25 42 66 82 3/8 22 190

CX38
36 10 900 185 -20/+80 0.800 51 75 38 42 66 82 3/8 22 190

CX50
36 5.0 950 250 -20/+80 1.090 64 90 50 42 66 82 1/2 22 190

9.416.6 15.227.7 15.227.7

-20/+80 -20/+80 -20/+80

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.19

<

>

[Small Venturi pumpsets]

Art.
DOP 06

Tank Litres
6 6

Generator Mod.
PVP 12M PVP 25M PVP 12M PVP 25M PVP 25MD PVP 35MD

A
500 500 500 500

B
200 200 200 200

C
60 60 100 100 100 100

D
3/8 3/8 3/8 3/8 1/2 1/2

E
150 150 210 210

F
95 95 95 95

G
180 180 240 240 270 270

H
250 250 310 310 340 340

L
620 620 620 620 1110 1110

Hose ext.
8 8 8 8 8 8

DOP 10

10 10

DOP 20

20 20

1000 200 1000 200

225 135 225 135

The small Venturi pumpsets are little selfcontained units for the vacuum production, fed only by compressed air, with a peculiar feature being their limited size. They consist of: A small welded steel plate tank. A vacuum generator operated by compressed air. A pneumatic vacuum switch for adjusting the vacuum degree. A vacuum gauge for direct reading of the vacuum degree. A manual valve for intercepting vacuum. A suction filter mod. FC A pressure regulator with filter. A pneumatically operated valve for feeding the vacuum generator. A sleeve valve for intercepting compressed air. The holding of the vacuum degree in the tank, preset by means of the vacuum switch, is fully automatic. The small Venturi pumpsets are suitable for equipping small stationary or mobile operating units which require vacuum, such as: Trolleys with cups for fixing and moving glasses and crystals. Stirrup systems with vacuum for the ski. maintenance, to drill or pantograph marbles, to polish pewter, copper or silver objects etc. Tackles with cups for lifting television sets, various electrical household appliances, to fix glasses into window and door frames, to feed plates into presses etc. The small Venturi pumpsets do not require electric current, but just compressed air at a pressure of 4 6 bar; because of this feature, their use is recommended in hazardous environments where an ignition source would be dangerous.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.20

<

>

[Venturi pumpsets]

Art.
DOP 25

Tank Litres
25 25 50 50 100 150 300

Generator Mod.
PVP 25MD PVP 35MD PVP 50MD PVP 60MD

F G H

M N R Hose ext.
8

780 270 550 200 250 330 30 225 210 185 240 40 1/2

DOP 50 DOP 100 DOP 150 DOP 300

1080 300 590 220 460 400 27.5 245 245 205 280 40 1/2 12 12 18

PVP 75MD 1340 355 670 290 570 480 30 300 295 255 350 45 1 PVP 150MD 1460 410 800 270 735 455 30 360 350 280 400 45 1

PVP 300MD 1930 510 910 320 980 630 30 440 450 340 500 80 11/2 18

The Venturi pumpsets are self-contained units for the vacuum production, fed only by compressed air. They consist of: A welded steel plate tank. A vacuum generator operated by compressed air. A pneumatic vacuum switch for the adjustment of the operative vacuum degree range. A vacuum gauge for direct reading of the vacuum degree in the tank. A manual valve for intercepting vacuum. A suction filter mod. FC A pressure regulator with filter. A pneumatically operated valve for feeding the vacuum generator. A sleeve valve for intercepting compressed air. A cock for draining condensate from the tank. They are normally used for moving particularly heavy or valuable loads, because also in the event of sudden electric current failure, they allow the cups to hold the load for a certain time after failure (variable according to the tank capacity). They are also recommended in multi-point applications, to centralize vacuum. In both cases the use of the pumpset is particularly profitable under the point of view of the energy saving, because the generator starts working only when vacuum is required by the machines. The Venturi pumpsets do not require electric current, but just compressed air at a pressure of 4 6 bar; because of this feature, their use is recommended in hazardous environments where an ignition source would be dangerous.

[Vacuum generators and pneumatic pumpsets]

8.21

<

>

<<

[ The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

[OCTOPUS vacuum lifting systems]

OCTOPUS systems composition OCTOPUS system Art. SO 15 20X OCTOPUS systems Art. SO 20 30X, S0 20 40X and SO 20 60X OCTOPUS systems Art. SO 30 30X, S0 30 40X, SO 30 50X, SO 40 40X and SO 40 60X OCTOPUS systems Art. SO 40 100X, S0 60 80X, SO 60 120X and SO 80 100X OCTOPUS systems Art. SO DO 35X and SO DO 50X Standard suction plates for OCTOPUS systems Art. PX and P2X Special suction plates for OCTOPUS systems Art. PY and P2Y Special suction plates for OCTOPUS systems Art. PZ and P2Z Suction plates with cups for OCTOPUS systems Art. PV Suction plates with cups for OCTOPUS systems Art. P2V Suction plates to lift sacks, for OCTOPUS systems Art. PJ Fixing supports for OCTOPUS systems

page page page

9.01 9.02 9.03

page page page page page page page page page page

9.04 9.05 9.06 9.07 9.08 9.09 9.10 9.11 9.12 9.13

<

>

The OCTOPUS systems shown and described on the following pages are equipped with the suction plates PX . as standard; in case you wish to replace these plates with other ones, having different rubber thickness and holes, or with cups, it is necessary to modify the identification codes as described hereunder. Example of composition of a standard OCTOPUS system, having a 300x400 mm grip surface: Vacuum generator (to be ordered separately) art. PVP 150 MD

[Composition of the OCTOPUS systems and relevant identification codes]

Base box OCTOPUS system With suction plate PX With suction plate P2X With suction plate PY With suction plate P2Y With suction plate PZ With suction plate P2Z

art. SO 30 40 = art. SO 30 40 X = art. SO 30 40 2X = art. SO 30 40 Y = art. SO 30 40 2Y = art. SO 30 40 Z = art. SO 30 40 2Z

EXAMPLE to order an OCTOPUS system with suction plate P2Y, complete with vacuum generator: Nr. 1 SO 30 40 2Y Nr. 1 PVP 150 MD EXAMPLE to order an OCTOPUS system with suction plate P2V, complete with silicone cups and vacuum generator: Nr. 1 SO 30 40 2V Nr. 36 01 40 42 S Nr. 1 PVP 150 MD VACUUM GENERATORS. The vacuum generators for the standard OCTOPUS lifting systems, shown in the tables, even if they are not an integral part of the system, have been selected after having carefully considered the best ratio obtained between performances and compressed air consumption; in order to replace them with others having different features, pls. contact our technical department. FIXING AND CONNECTION OPTIONS. It is possible to connect the OCTOPUS system to a vacuum generator placed far-off or to an alternative vacuum source, fixing to the system, instead of the generators, the specially provided supports with flanges shown on page 9.13.

With suction plate PV (cup supports 1/8) N.B.

= art. SO 30 40 V

Code SO 30 40 V identifies the OCTOPUS system with a suction plate provided with G1/8 cup supports; cups, with a maximum diameter of 22 mm, should be ordered separately, in the required shape and compound and in the quantity mentioned in this catalogue.

With suction plate P2V (cup supports 1/4) N.B.

= art. SO 30 40 2V

Code SO 30 40 2V identifies the OCTOPUS system with a suction plate provided with G1/4 cup supports; cups, with a diameter between 25 and 43 mm, should be ordered separately, in the required shape and compound and in the quantity mentioned in this catalogue. With suction plate PJ = art. SO 30 40 J

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.01

<

>

[Octopus system ]

Art.
Suction plate Lifting force Vacuum generator Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Max air consumption at 6 bar(g) Vacuum air flow at 6 bar (g) Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I L M N gas art. Kg. art. bar (g) -KPa Nl/s l/min. C Kg.

SO 15 20X
PX 15 20 21.2 PVP 25M 46 90 3.2 417 -20/+80 2.4 200 150 87 40 47 23 10 167 6.5 75 1/4 37.5

The OCTOPUS system has been designed in response to the operational flexibility required by palletising robotics and vacuum operated lifting systems in general. Actually this system allows the handling of objects with any shape and feature, provided that they have a reasonable transpiration, without any need to change or position a vacuum cup and also when their surface only occupies 5% of the whole suction plate. Of course the maximum weight of the load to be lifted will be proportionate to the grip surface. The OCTOPUS system shown on this page is constructed with a vacuum generator fed by compressed air, combined with a box sealed by a suction plate, which is covered by a special foam rubber, both made of a light alloy. Inside the suction plate, an easily inspected stainless steel micro-net filter is installed, to protect the vacuum generator. On the outside of the vacuum box one or more threaded connections are present for connection to solenoid valves which can be used for quick release systems. The design of this suction plate allows a perfect fit on any surface to be handled, smooth, rough or irregular. For example, with the same system it is possible to take and handle both the carton and the wooden pallet it is taken from. These OCTOPUS systems can be supplied, on request, with sizes, suction plates and vacuum generators, different from the standard models listed in this catalogue. N.B. Code SO -- --X, only identifies the base box of the OCTOPUS system with the relevant suction plate PX. The vacuum generator listed in the table is not an integral part of the OCTOPUS system, consequently it has to be ordered separately using its own code.

N.B.: All force values shown in the lable are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a minimum vacuum level of -750 mbar.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.02

<

>

[Octopus systems]

Art.
Suction plate Lifting force Vacuum generator Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Max air consumption at 6 bar(g) Vacuum air flow at 6 bar(g) Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I L M N art. Kg. art. bar(g) -KPa Nl/s l/min. C Kg.

SO 20 30X
PX 20 30 42.4 PVP100M 46 90 9.6 1634 -20/+80 7 300 200 124 50 74 20 16 264 8.5 120 15 40

SO 20 40X
PX 20 40 56.6 PVP140M 46 90 12.8 2500 -20/+80 8.6 400 200 146 50 96 70 66 264 8.5 120 15 40

SO 20 60X
PX 20 60 84.8 PVP200M 46 90 19.2 3300 -20/+80 10.7 600 200 146 50 96 170 166 264 8.5 120 15 40

The OCTOPUS system has been designed in response to the operational flexibility required by palletising robotics and vacuum operated lifting systems in general. Actually this system allows the handling of objects with any shape and feature, provided that they have a reasonable transpiration, without any need to change or position a vacuum cup and also when their surface only occupies 5% of the whole suction plate. Of course the maximum weight of the load to be lifted will be proportionate to the grip surface. The OCTOPUS systems shown on this page are constructed with a vacuum generator fed by compressed air, combined with a box sealed by a suction plate, which is covered by a special foam rubber, both made of a light alloy. Inside the suction plate, an easily inspected stainless steel micro-net filter is installed, to protect the vacuum generator. On the outside of the vacuum box one or more threaded connections are present for connection to solenoid valves which can be used for quick release systems. The design of this suction plate allows a perfect fit on any surface to be handled, smooth, rough or irregular. For example, with the same system it is possible to take and handle both the carton and the wooden pallet it is taken from. These OCTOPUS systems can be supplied, on request, with sizes, suction plates and vacuum generators, different from the standard models listed in this catalogue. N.B. Code SO -- --X, only identifies the base box of the OCTOPUS system with the relevant suction plate PX. The vacuum generator listed in the table is not an integral part of the OCTOPUS system, consequently it has to be ordered separately using its own code.

N.B.: All force values shown in the lable are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a minimum vacuum level of -750 mbar.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.03

<

>

[Octopus systems]

Art.

SO 30 30X SO 30 40X
PX 30 40 84.8 PVP150MD 46 90 16 3000 -20/+80 20 400 300 138 50 88 15 270 10.5 200 15 100

SO 30 50X SO 40 40X SO 40 60X


PX 30 50 106.0 PVP300MD 46 90 32 5834 -20/+80 23 500 300 158 50 108 15 270 10.5 200 15 150 PX 40 40 113.1 PVP300MD 46 90 32 5834 -20/+80 24.5 400 400 158 50 108 65 270 10.5 200 15 100 PX 40 60 169.6 PVP300MD 46 90 32 5834 -20/+80 31 600 400 158 50 108 65 270 10.5 200 15 200

Suction plate art. PX 30 30 Lifting force Kg. 63.6 Vacuum generator art. PVP150MD Supply pressure bar(g) 46 Maximum vacuum level -KPa 90 Max air consumption at 6 bar(g) NI/s 16 Vacuum air flow at 6 bar (g) l/min. 3000 Working temperature C -20/+80 Weight Kg. 17 A 300 B 300 C 138 D 50 E 88 F 15 H 270 I 10.5 L 200 M 15 N 50

The OCTOPUS system has been designed in response to the operational flexibility required by palletising robotics and vacuum operated lifting systems in general. Actually this system allows the handling of objects with any shape and feature, provided that they have a reasonable transpiration, without any need to change or position a vacuum cup and also when their surface only occupies 5% of the whole suction plate. Of course the maximum weight of the load to be lifted will be proportionate to the grip surface. The OCTOPUS systems shown on this page are constructed with a vacuum generator fed by compressed air, combined with a box sealed by a suction plate, which is covered by a special foam rubber, both made of a light alloy. Inside the suction plate, an easily inspected stainless steel micro-net filter is installed, to protect the vacuum generator. On the outside of the vacuum box one or more threaded connections are present for connection to solenoid valves which can be used for quick release systems. The design of this suction plate allows a perfect fit on any surface to be handled, smooth, rough or irregular. For example, with the same system it is possible to take and handle both the carton and the wooden pallet it is taken from. These OCTOPUS systems can be supplied, on request, with sizes, suction plates and vacuum generators, different from the standard models listed in this catalogue. N.B. Code SO -- --X, only identifies the base box of the OCTOPUS system with the relevant suction plate PX. The vacuum generator listed in the table is not an integral part of the OCTOPUS system, consequently it has to be ordered separately using its own code.

N.B.: All force values shown in the lable are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a minimum vacuum level of -750 mbar.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.04

<

>

[Octopus systems]

Art.
Suction plate Lifting force N 2 Vacuum generators Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Max air consumption at 6 bar(g) Vacuum air flow at 6 bar(g) Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I L M N art. Kg. art. bar (g) -KPa Nl/s l/min. C Kg.

SO 40 100X
PX 40 100 282.6 PVP300MD 46 90 64 11668 -20/+80 34 400 1000 158 50 108 120 220 270 10.5 200 15 100

SO 60 80X
PX 60 80 339.2 PVP300MD 46 90 64 11668 -20/+80 37.5 600 800 158 50 108 70 120 270 10.5 200 15 200

SO 60 120X
PX 60 120 508.7 PVP450MD 46 90 96 17000 -20/+80 50 600 1200 180 50 130 170 320 270 10.5 200 22 200

SO 80 100X
PX 80 100 597.4 PVP450MD 46 90 96 17000 -20/+80 53.5 800 1000 180 50 130 120 220 270 10.5 200 22 300

The OCTOPUS system has been designed in response to the operational flexibility required by palletising robotics and vacuum operated lifting systems in general. Actually this system allows the handling of objects with any shape and feature, provided that they have a reasonable transpiration, without any need to change or position a vacuum cup and also when their surface only occupies 5% of the whole suction plate. Of course the maximum weight of the load to be lifted will be proportionate to the grip surface. The OCTOPUS systems shown on this page are constructed with two vacuum generators fed by compressed air, combined with a box sealed by a suction plate, which is covered by a special foam rubber, both made of a light alloy. Inside the suction plate, two easily inspected stainless steel micro-net filters are installed, to protect the vacuum generators. On the outside of the vacuum box one or more threaded connections are present for connection to solenoid valves which can be used for quick release systems. The design of this suction plate allows a perfect fit on any surface to be handled, smooth, rough or irregular. For example, with the same system it is possible to take and handle both the carton and the wooden pallet it is taken from. These OCTOPUS systems can be supplied, on request, with sizes, suction plates and vacuum generators, different from the standard models listed in this catalogue. N.B. Code SO -- --X, only identifies the base box of the OCTOPUS system with the relevant suction plate PX. The vacuum generator listed in the table is not an integral part of the OCTOPUS system, consequently it has to be ordered separately using its own code.

N.B.: All force values shown in the lable are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a minimum vacuum level of -750 mbar.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.05

<

>

[Octopus systems]

Art.
Suction plate Lifting force Vacuum generator Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Max air consumption at 6 bar(g) Vacuum air flow at 6 bar(g) Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I L art. Kg. art. bar (g) -KPa NI/s l/min. C Kg.

SO DO 35X
PX DO 35 65.4 PVP170M 46 90 16 2834 -20/+80 9.5 146 96 50 350 43 115 15 120 8.5 264

SO DO 50X
PX DO 50 139.6 PVP300MD 46 90 32 5834 -20/+80 17 158 108 50 500 150 115 15 270 10.5 200

The OCTOPUS system has been designed in response to the operational flexibility required by palletising robotics and vacuum operated lifting systems in general. Actually this system allows the handling of objects with any shape and feature, provided that they have a reasonable transpiration, without any need to change or position a vacuum cup and also when their surface only occupies 5% of the whole suction plate. Of course the maximum weight of the load to be lifted will be proportionate to the grip surface. The OCTOPUS systems shown on this page are constructed with a vacuum generator fed by compressed air, combined with a box sealed by a suction plate, which is covered by a special foam rubber, both made of a light alloy. Inside the suction plate, an easily inspected stainless steel micro-net filter is installed, to protect the vacuum generator. On the outside of the vacuum box one or more threaded connections are present for connection to solenoid valves which can be used for quick release systems. The design of this suction plate allows a perfect fit on any surface to be handled, smooth, rough or irregular. For example, with the same system it is possible to take and handle both the carton and the wooden pallet it is taken from. These OCTOPUS systems can be supplied, on request, with sizes, suction plates and vacuum generators, different from the standard models listed in this catalogue. N.B. Code SO -- --X, only identifies the base box of the OCTOPUS system with the relevant suction plate PX. The vacuum generator listed in the table is not an integral part of the OCTOPUS system, consequently it has to be ordered separately using its own code.

N.B.: All force values shown in the lable are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a minimum vacuum level of -750 mbar.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.06

<

>

[Standard suction plates for Octopus systems]

Art.
PX 15 20 PX 20 30 PX 20 40 PX 20 60 PX 30 30 PX 30 40 PX 30 50 PX 40 40 PX 40 60 PX 40 100 PX 60 80 PX 60 120 PX 80 100 PX DO 35 PX DO 50 P2X 15 20 P2X 20 30 P2X 20 40 P2X 20 60 P2X 30 30 P2X 30 40 P2X 30 50 P2X 40 40 P2X 40 60 P2X 40 100 P2X 60 80 P2X 60 120 P2X 80 100 P2X DO 35 P2X DO 50

Force Kg.
21.2 42.4 63.6 84.8 63.6 84.8 106.0 113.1 169.6 282.6 339.2 508.7 597.4 65.4 139.6 21.2 42.4 63.6 84.8 63.6 84.8 106.0 113.1 169.6 282.6 339.2 508.7 597.4 65.4 139.6

A
150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 ----150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 -----

B
200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 ------200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 -------

C
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

D
--------------------------350 500 --------------------------350 500

E
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

F
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

G
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

The PX .. .. suction plates shown and described on this page are installed as standard on all OCTOPUS systems, therefore they can be supplied as a back up plate or a spare. They are made of light alloys and covered with a special foam rubber with holes; this rubber is available with two different types of thickness. Their lifting force has been calculated considering a minimum vacuum level of 750 mbar, the total surface of the holes made in the foam rubber and a safety factor 3.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.07

<

>

[Special suction plates for Octopus systems ]

Art.
PY 15 20 PY 20 30 PY 20 40 PY 20 60 PY 30 30 PY 30 40 PY 30 50 PY 40 40 PY 40 60 PY 40 100 PY 60 80 PY 60 120 PY 80 100 PY DO 35 PY DO 50 P2Y 15 20 P2Y 20 30 P2Y 20 40 P2Y 20 60 P2Y 30 30 P2Y 30 40 P2Y 30 50 P2Y 40 40 P2Y 40 60 P2Y 40 100 P2Y 60 80 P2Y 60 120 P2Y 80 100 P2Y DO 35 P2Y DO 50

Force Kg.
37.7 75.4 100.5 150.8 113.0 150.8 188.4 201.0 301.5 502.4 602.9 904.4 1037.3 100.5 213.5 37.7 75.4 100.5 150.8 113.0 150.8 188.4 201.0 301.5 502.4 602.9 904.4 1037.3 100.5 213.5

A
150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 ----150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 -----

B
200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 ------200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 -------

C
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

D
--------------------------350 500 --------------------------350 500

E
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

F
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

G
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

These suction plates, compared to the standard plates, have the peculiarity to develop, with the same grip surface, a higher force (Art. PY) and to take on rough and very irregular surfaces (Art. P2Y). They are made of light alloys and covered with a special foam rubber with holes; this rubber is available with two different types of thickness. They are perfectly interchangeable to the standard suction plates. Their lifting force has been calculated considering a minimum vacuum level of 750 mbar, the total surface of the holes made in the foam rubber and a safety factor 3.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.08

<

>

[Special suction plates for Octopus systems ]

Art.
PZ 15 20 PZ 20 30 PZ 20 40 PZ 20 60 PZ 30 30 PZ 30 40 PZ 30 50 PZ 40 40 PZ 40 60 PZ 40 100 PZ 60 80 PZ 60 120 PZ 80 100 PZ DO 35 PZ DO 50 P2Z 15 20 P2Z 20 30 P2Z 20 40 P2Z 20 60 P2Z 30 30 P2Z 30 40 P2Z 30 50 P2Z 40 40 P2Z 40 60 P2Z 40 100 P2Z 60 80 P2Z 60 120 P2Z 80 100 P2Z DO 35 P2Z DO 50

Force Kg.
41.0 82.4 109.8 164.7 123.5 164.7 206.0 219.6 329.4 549.0 658.8 988.3 1143.1 126.9 271.1 41.0 82.4 109.8 164.7 123.5 164.7 206.0 219.6 329.4 549.0 658.8 988.3 1143.1 126.9 271.1

A
150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 ----150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 -----

B
200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 ------200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 -------

C
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35 35

D
--------------------------350 500 --------------------------350 500

E
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

F
15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30

G
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

H
42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42

Among all the suction plates described until now, these are the ones that develop the biggest lifting force with the same grip surface and vacuum level, moreover type P2Z is able to take on rough and very irregular surfaces. They are made of light alloys and covered with a special foam rubber with slot holes; this rubber is available with two different types of thickness. They are perfectly interchangeable to the standard suction plates. Their lifting force has been calculated considering a minimum vacuum level of 750 mbar, the total surface of the slot holes made in the foam rubber and a safety factor 3.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.09

<

>

[Suction plates with cups for Octopus systems ]

Art.
PV 15 20 PV 20 30 PV 20 40 PV 20 60 PV 30 30 PV 30 40 PV 30 50 PV 40 40 PV 40 60 PV 40 100 PV 60 80 PV 60 120 PV 80 100 PV DO 35 PV DO 50

Force Kg.
30.2 60.5 90.7 121.0 90.7 121.0 151.2 167.0 242.0 413.3 483.9 740.8 852.4 93.2 194.0

A
150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 -----

B
200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 -------

C
41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41 41

D
--------------------------350 500

E
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

F
36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36

G
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18

Cup example Art.


O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29 O1 18 29

Nof cups
48 96 144 192 144 192 240 256 384 656 768 1176 1353 148 308

In order to facilitate handling of all those products with very irregular and flexible surfaces (pasta or candy bags, blister or skin-film packs, thin cardboard small boxes etc.), difficult to be taken using the suction plates covered by foam rubber, these suction plates with cups have been developed. The cups suggested are of the bellows type; thanks to their high flexibility, they are able to fit on any grip surface, following its profiles and movements during the lifting phase, assuring an easy and safe grip. Plates are made of anodized aluminium, as well as the G1/8 supports screwed on them; cups, cold assembled on the supports, without any adhesive, can be supplied in different compounds. They are perfectly interchangeable to the standard suction plates. Their lifting force has been calculated considering a minimum vacuum level of 750 mbar, the total grip surface of the cups and a safety factor 3. On request they can be supplied with different cups, provided that the diameter is not bigger than 22 mm. N.B. Code PV .. .., only identifies the suction plate with the relevant G1/8 supports, screwed on it. The cups shown in the table or the ones freely chosen, are not integral parts of the suction plate, therefore they have to be ordered separately.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.10

<

>

[Suction plates with cups for Octopus systems]

Art.
P2V 15 20 P2V 20 30 P2V 20 40 P2V 20 60 P2V 30 30 P2V 30 40 P2V 30 50 P2V 40 40 P2V 40 60 P2V 40 100 P2V 60 80 P2V 60 120 P2V 80 100 P2V DO 35 P2V DO 50

Force Kg.
37.7 75.4 100.5 150.8 113.0 150.8 188.4 201.0 301.5 502.4 602.9 904.3 1004.8 100.5 213.5

A
150 200 200 200 300 300 300 400 400 400 600 600 800 -----

B
200 300 400 600 300 400 500 400 600 1000 800 1200 1000 -------

C
56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5 56.5

D
--------------------------350 500

E
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5

F
51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5 51.5

G
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40

Cup example Art.


O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42 O1 40 42

Nof cups
12 24 32 48 36 48 60 64 96 160 192 288 320 32 68

In order to facilitate handling of all those products with very irregular and flexible surfaces (pasta or candy bags, blister or skin-film packs, thin cardboard small boxes etc.), difficult to be taken using the suction plates covered by foam rubber, these suction plates with cups have been developed. The cups suggested are of the bellows type; thanks to their high flexibility, they are able to fit on any grip surface, following its profiles and movements during the lifting phase, assuring an easy and safe grip. Plates are made of anodized aluminium, as well as the G1/4 supports screwed on them; cups, cold assembled on the supports, without any adhesive, can be supplied in different compounds. They are perfectly interchangeable to the standard suction plates. Their lifting force has been calculated considering a minimum vacuum level of 750 mbar, the total grip surface of the cups and a safety factor 3. On request they can be supplied with different cups, provided that the diameter is between 25 and 43 mm. N.B. Code PV .. .., only identifies the suction plate with the relevant G1/4 supports, screwed on it. The cups shown in the table or the ones freely chosen, are not integral parts of the suction plate, therefore they have to be ordered separately.

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.11

<

>

[Suction plates to lift sacks, for Octopus systems]

In order to allow handling of paper or plastic sacks, containing powders, granulated products, loose products or liquids, these suction plates have been developed, which, in connection with the OCTOPUS systems, make the most of their performances. Made of light alloys and delimited by a special foam rubber gasket, they are perfectly interchangeable to the standard suction plates of the OCTOPUS systems. The particular shapes of the gasket and of the face, restrict sack deformations during handling, reducing vacuum leakage as much as possible and assuring the largest possible grip surface. Their lifting force has been calculated considering a minimum vacuum level of 750 mbar, the total grip surface enclosed in the gasket and a safety factor 3.

Art.
PJ 15 20 PJ 20 30 PJ 20 40 PJ 20 60 PJ 30 40 PJ 30 50 PJ 40 60

Force Kg.
24.6 73.4 106.0 171.0 188.4 246.0 436.0

A
150 200 200 200 300 300 400

B
200 300 400 600 400 500 600

C
40 40 40 40 40 40 40

E
10 10 10 10 10 10 10

F
30 30 30 30 30 30 30

G
80 130 130 130 230 230 330

H
130 230 330 530 330 430 530

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.12

<

>

[Fixing supports with flanges for OCTOPUS systems without vacuum generator]

To connect the OCTOPUS system to a vacuum generator placed far-off or to an alternative vacuum source, it is necessary to use the fixing supports shown and described on this page. Supports, made of anodized aluminium, have two flanges: one to be fixed to the OCTOPUS system, instead of the generator and the other one to the lifting equipment. Moreover they are provided with connections for direct connection to the OCTOPUS system, to the generator or to the alternative vacuum source and to the instruments to read and check the vacuum level: unused connections can be closed with the plugs provided for this purpose. Fixing supports with flanges are currently available in the versions shown on this page and are suitable for the OCTOPUS systems that use the vacuum generators mentioned beside the article: Art. SO 00 02 Art. SO 00 05 Art. SO 00 06 N.B. The vacuum gauges and vacuum switches shown in the picture are not integral parts of the supports. PVP 100 200M PVP 150 300MD PVP 450MD

Art.
SO 00 02 SO 00 05 SO 00 06

A
100 150 150

B
100 120 145

C
210 150 150

D
80 130 130

E
10 10 10

F
194 134 134

G
8 8 8

H
76 96 121

I
12 12 12

L
50 75 75

M
11/2 2 21/2

N
8.5 8.5 8.5

[The Octopus vacuum lifting system]

9.13

<

>

<<

[ Graphic Division]

10

[Graphic Division]

Graphic Division - Product description Tables to select the pneumatic pumps Pneumatic suction pumps Art. PA 40, PA 70 and PA 100 Pneumatic suction pumps Art. PA 140, PA 170 and PA 200 Pneumatic suction pumps Art. PA 250 and PA 300 Pneumatic blowing pumps Art. PS 40, PS 70 and PS 100 Pneumatic blowing pumps Art. PS 140, PS 170 and PS 200 Pneumatic blowing pumps Art. PS 250 and PS 300 Pneumatic suction and blowing pumps combined: Art. PA 40 100 with PS 40 100 Art. PA 140 200 with PS 140 200 Art. PA 250 300 with PS 250 300 Holding supports for pneumatic pumps Suction filters for pneumatic pumps Special vacuum cylinders Disc cups

page page page page page page page page page page page page page page page

10.01 10.02 10.03 10.04 10.05 10.06 10.07 10.08 10.09 10.10 10.11 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15

10

<

>

[Graphic Division]

From the experience and the productive capacity of Vuototecnica, one of the first companies in Europe that made vacuum pumps and vacuum accessories, a division fully devoted to assist the graphics and printing field originated. A reference reality from engineering to service, able to offer innovative and advantageous technological solutions under all points of view: performances, reliability, life, operational economy. A significant demonstration of the specialist skill of Graphic Division is the new line of products. Among the most representative we offer:

PNEUMATIC SUCTION AND BLOWING PUMPS This new generation of very flexible pumps with multiple ejectors, able to suck or blow according to what is required, represents a real technological advancement compared to the traditional pumps with rotating vanes. Characterized by newly conceived ejectors, these exclusive pumps have an extraordinary ratio between the quantity of compressed air used and the sucked (or generated) air, a big advantage for the operational consumption. Furthermore they have the ability to adjust the vacuum level (or pressure level) and the capacity, based on the pressure of the supply air. Moreover the choice of high tech materials of the latest generation, reduces their weight, thus allowing the installation directly on the machine. Vuototecnicas research centre turned its highest attention to the reduced noise of these new pumps, thanks to solutions that provide a full soundproofing with no moving components, thus improving life and avoiding troublesome vibrations. In addition they are based on the Venturi principle that exploits the kinetic energy of the compressed air by means of ejectors in line and consequently they do not develop any heat. The excellent filtering of the compressed air supply and of the sucked air provides oil free blow air as well as being free of oil vapours, water condensate and impurities for the sheet separation on the machine and the working environment with regard to air pollution. Maintenance being reduced to only periodic filter cleaning and an incomparable reliability complete the range of advantages of this safe and competitive technology. These pneumatic suction and blowing pumps are shown and described on the following pages.

SPECIAL VACUUM CYLINDERS By assembling a cup on a hollow stem and creating a vacuum, the cup will be quickly brought into contact with the sheet or the object to be taken, will automatically lift it and will keep it as long as the vacuum supply remains. Thanks to this feature, cylinders of this series, used in connection with the cups, are recommended for the separation of paper or plastic sheets. They offer the following advantages: high speed in operation, automatic compensation of the height of the objects to be taken, non-rotating stems, extremely simple fixing. These special cylinders for vacuum are shown and described on the following pages.

CUPS Made in the most varied shapes and dimensions, to assure a quick and safe grip, they can be supplied in an anti abrasive natural para rubber, in nitrile rubber, in silicone, in Viton, in polyurethane and in other compounds too, according to the specific requirements. Cups are shown and described in detail in chapter 1; in this chapter only disc cups are shown.

[Graphic Division]

10.01

<

>

Maximum suction capacity generated by a corresponding electric pump 10 cum/ h 15 cum/ h 20 cum/ h 25 cum/ h 30 cum/ h 40 cum/ h 60 cum/ h 80 cum/ h 100 cum/ h 120 cum/ h 140 cum/ h 160 cum/ h 180 cum/ h 200 cum/ h 250 cum/ h 300 cum/ h

Maximum vacuum generated by a corresponding electric pump


-0.1 bar -10 kPa PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 70 PA 100 PA 100 PA 140 PA 140 PA 170 PA 170 PA 200 PA 250 PA 300 -0.2 bar -20 kPa PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 70 PA 70 PA 100 PA 100 PA 140 PA 140 PA 170 PA 170 PA 200 PA 300 PA 300 -0.3 bar -30 kPa PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 70 PA 70 PA 100 PA 100 PA 140 PA 140 PA 170 PA 200 PA 200 PA 300 PA 300 -0.4 bar -40 kPa PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 70 PA 70 PA 100 PA 100 PA 140 PA 140 PA 200 PA 250 PA 250 PA 300 -- ---0.5 bar -50 kPa PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 70 PA 70 PA 100 PA 140 PA 140 PA 170 PA 200 PA 250 PA 300 PA 300 -- ---- ---0.6 bar -60 kPa PA 40 PA 40 PA 40 PA 70 PA 70 PA 100 PA 140 PA 140 PA 170 PA 200 PA 250 PA 300 -- ---- ---- ---- ---0.7 bar -70 kPa PA 40 PA 40 PA 70 PA 70 PA 70 PA 100 PA 140 PA 170 PA 200 PA 250 PA 300 -- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---0.8 bar -80 kPa PA 40 PA 70 PA 70 PA 70 PA 100 PA 140 PA 170 PA 200 PA 250 PA 300 -- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---

[Table to select the suction pumps]

Example: We have to replace an electric pump having a capacity of 80 cum/h and a residual vacuum of 0,6 bar. In the table cross line 80cum/h with column -0,6bar. At the intersection of the line with the column you will find that pump PA 140 is the ideal one for the replacement.

Maximum blowing capacity generated by a corresponding electric pump 25 cum/ h 30 cum/ h 40 cum/ h 60 cum/ h 80 cum/ h 100 cum/ h 120 cum/ h 140 cum/ h 160 cum/ h 180 cum/ h 200 cum/ h 250 cum/ h 300 cum/ h 350 cum/ h 400 cum/ h

Maximum overpressure generated by a corresponding electric pump


+0.1 bar +0.2 bar +0.3 bar +10 kPa PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 140 PS 200 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 +20 kPa PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 140 PS 200 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 +30 kPa PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 140 PS 200 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 +0.4 bar +40 kPa PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 140 PS 200 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 +0.5 bar +50 kPa PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 140 PS 200 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 +0.6 bar +0.7 bar +60 kPa +70 kPa PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 140 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 PS 300 PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 170 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 -- --+0.8 bar +80 kPa PS 40 PS 40 PS 40 PS 70 PS 70 PS 100 PS 100 PS 140 PS 140 PS 140 PS 170 PS 250 PS 300 PS 300 -- ---

[Table to select the blowing pumps]

Example: We have to replace an electric pump having a capacity of 80 cum/h and an overpressure of +0,6 bar. In the table cross line 80cum/h with column +0,6bar. At the intersection of the line with the column you will find that pump PS 70 is the ideal one for the replacement.

[Graphic Division]

10.02

<

>

[Pneumatic suction pumps PA40, PA70 and PA100]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 14 1.0 14 2 30 1.5 22 3 46 2.0 28

PA 40
4 65 2.4 32 6.2 5 82 2.8 36 6 90 3.2 40

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 14 2.0 25 2 30 3.0 40 3 46 4.0 50

PA 70
4 65 4.8 56 6.2 5 82 5.6 62 6 90 6.4 68

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 11 3.0 26 2 28 4.5 52 3 45 6.0 68

PA 100
4 65 7.2 80 6.2 -20/+80 5 82 8.4 89 6 90 9.6 98

A line of newly conceived ejectors allowed us to develop this range of pneumatic suction pumps having an extraordinary ratio between the quantity of consumed and sucked air, and to offer the user the possibility to adjust the vacuum level and the capacity, based on the pressure of the supply air. Fed by compressed air with a pressure ranging from 1 to 6 bar (g), they can produce a maximum vacuum of 90% and a suction capacity ranging from 14 to 98 cum/h, measured at a normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. When designing these new pumps, great consideration was given to noise levels and as they have no moving parts subject to wear and therefore no vibrations, they are extremely quiet in operation. Moreover, as they are based on the Venturi principle, they do not develop any heat. As standard, they are provided with a filterpressure regulator unit for the supply air and with a filter with micro porous cartridge placed on the suction connection, in order to stop very thin and impalpable powders. The excellent filtering of the compressed air supply and of the sucked air allows to blow off air free from oil vapours, water condensate and impurities in the working environment, without any problem of pollution. Using light alloys in the manufacture of these pumps, produces a light weight device enabling direct mounting on the machinery. Thanks to their static operation principle, maintenance is limited to simple periodic filter cleaning only.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.03

<

>

[Pneumatic suction pumps PA140, PA170 and PA200]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 15 4.0 45 2 35 6.0 80

PA 140
3 55 8.0 105 7.2 4 70 9.6 125 5 85 11.2 140 6 90 12.8 150

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 15 5.0 50 2 35 7.5 92

PA 170
3 55 10.0 120 7.2 4 70 12.0 140 5 85 14.0 155 6 90 16.0 170

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 15 6.0 60 2 35 9.0 110

PA 200
3 55 12.0 142 7.2 -20/+80 4 70 14.4 170 5 85 16.8 188 6 90 19.2 198

A line of newly conceived ejectors allowed us to develop this range of pneumatic suction pumps having an extraordinary ratio between the quantity of consumed and sucked air, and to offer the user the possibility to adjust the vacuum level and the capacity, based on the pressure of the supply air. Fed by compressed air with a pressure ranging from 1 to 6 bar (g), they can produce a maximum vacuum of 90% and a suction capacity ranging from 45 to 198 cum/h, measured at a normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. When designing these new pumps, great consideration was given to noise levels and as they have no moving parts subject to wear and therefore no vibrations, they are extremely quiet in operation. Moreover, as they are based on the Venturi principle, they do not develop any heat. As standard, they are provided with a filterpressure regulator unit for the supply air and with a filter with micro porous cartridge placed on the suction connection, in order to stop very thin and impalpable powders. The excellent filtering of the compressed air supply and of the sucked air allows to blow off air free from oil vapours, water condensate and impurities in the working environment, without any problem of pollution. Using light alloys in the manufacture of these pumps, produces a light weight device enabling direct mounting on the machinery. Thanks to their static operation principle, maintenance is limited to simple periodic filter cleaning only.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.04

<

>

[Pneumatic suction pumps PA250 and PA300]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 15 7.5 90 2 35 11.2 130

PA 250
3 55 15.0 170 8.1 4 70 18.0 200 5 85 21.0 225 6 90 24.0 250

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 15 9.0 100 2 35 13.5 150

PA 300
3 55 18.0 200 8.1 -20/+80 4 70 21.6 225 5 85 25.2 250 6 90 28.8 300

A line of newly conceived ejectors allowed us to develop this range of pneumatic suction pumps having an extraordinary ratio between the quantity of consumed and sucked air, and to offer the user the possibility to adjust the vacuum level and the capacity, based on the pressure of the supply air. Fed by compressed air with a pressure ranging from 1 to 6 bar (g), they can produce a maximum vacuum of 90% and a suction capacity ranging from 90 to 300 cum/h, measured at a normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. When designing these new pumps, great consideration was given to noise levels and as they have no moving parts subject to wear and therefore no vibrations, they are extremely quiet in operation. Moreover, as they are based on the Venturi principle, they do not develop any heat. As standard, they are provided with a filterpressure regulator unit for the supply air and with a filter with micro porous cartridge placed on the suction connection, in order to stop very thin and impalpable powders. The excellent filtering of the compressed air supply and of the sucked air allows to blow off air free from oil vapours, water condensate and impurities in the working environment, without any problem of pollution. Using light alloys in the manufacture of these pumps, produces a light weight device enabling direct mounting on the machinery. Thanks to their static operation principle, maintenance is limited to simple periodic filter cleaning only.

N.B.: All the vacuum values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.05

<

>

[Pneumatic blowing pumps PS40, PS70 and PS100]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 1.0 18 2 0.2 1.5 28 3 0.3 2.0 35

PS 40
4 0.5 2.4 41 6.3 5 0.7 2.8 46 6 0.8 3.2 52

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 2.0 33 2 0.2 3.0 51 3 0.3 4.0 65

PS 70
4 0.5 4.8 74 6.3 5 0.7 5.6 83 6 0.8 6.4 92

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 0.1 3.0 37 2 0.2 4.5 69

PS 100
3 0.3 6.0 90 6.3 -20/+80 4 0.5 7.2 106 5 0.7 8.4 120 6 0.8 9.6 133

A line of newly conceived ejectors allowed us to develop this range of pneumatic blowing pumps having an extraordinary ratio between the quantity of consumed and generated air, and to offer the user the possibility to adjust the pressure level and the capacity, based on the pressure of the supply air. Fed by compressed air with a pressure ranging from 1 to 6 bar (g), they can produce a maximum pressure of 0,8 bar (g) and a blowing capacity ranging from 18 to 133 cum/h, measured at the normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. When designing these new pumps, great consideration was given to noise levels and as they have no moving parts subject to wear and therefore no vibrations, they are extremely quiet in operation. Moreover, as they are based on the Venturi principle, they do not develop any heat. As standard, they are provided with a filterpressure regulator unit for the supply air and with a filter with micro porous cartridge placed on the air supply connection, in order to stop very thin and impalpable powders. The excellent filtering of the compressed air supply and of the sucked air allows to blow in air free from oil vapours, water condensate and impurities between the sheets of paper to be separated and in the working environment, without any problem of pollution. Using light alloys in the manufacture of these pumps, produces a light weight device enabling direct mounting on the machinery. Thanks to their static operation principle, maintenance is limited to simple periodic filter cleaning only.

N.B.: All the values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.06

<

>

[Pneumatic blowing pumps PS140, PS170 and PS200]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 4.0 59 2 0.2 6.0 101

PS 140
3 0.3 8.0 134 7.3 4 0.5 9.6 160 5 0.7 11.2 180 6 0.8 12.8 196

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 5.0 68 2 0.2 7.5 119

PS 170
3 0.3 10.0 156 7.3 4 0.5 12.0 183 5 0.7 14.0 205 6 0.8 16.0 228

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 0.1 6.0 82 2 0.2 9.0 142

PS 200
3 0.3 12.0 185 7.3 -20/+80 4 0.5 14.4 222 5 0.7 16.8 248 6 0.8 19.2 268

A line of newly conceived ejectors allowed us to develop this range of pneumatic blowing pumps having an extraordinary ratio between the quantity of consumed and generated air, and to offer the user the possibility to adjust the pressure level and the capacity, based on the pressure of the supply air. Fed by compressed air with a pressure ranging from 1 to 6 bar (g), they can produce a maximum pressure of 0,8 bar (g) and a blowing capacity ranging from 59 to 268 cum/h, measured at the normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. When designing these new pumps, great consideration was given to noise levels and as they have no moving parts subject to wear and therefore no vibrations, they are extremely quiet in operation. Moreover, as they are based on the Venturi principle, they do not develop any heat. As standard, they are provided with a filterpressure regulator unit for the supply air and with a filter with micro porous cartridge placed on the air supply connection, in order to stop very thin and impalpable powders. The excellent filtering of the compressed air supply and of the sucked air allows to blow in air free from oil vapours, water condensate and impurities between the sheets of paper to be separated and in the working environment, without any problem of pollution. Using light alloys in the manufacture of these pumps, produces a light weight device enabling direct mounting on the machinery. Thanks to their static operation principle, maintenance is limited to simple periodic filter cleaning only.

N.B.: All the values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.07

<

>

[Pneumatic blowing pumps PS250 and PS300]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 7.5 117 2 0.2 11.2 170

PS 250
3 0.3 15.0 224 8.2 4 0.5 18.0 265 5 0.7 21.0 300 6 0.8 24.0 336

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 0.1 9.0 132 2 0.2 13.5 198

PS 300
3 0.3 18.0 265 8.2 -20/+80 4 0.5 21.6 302 5 0.7 25.2 340 6 0.8 28.8 403

A line of newly conceived ejectors allowed us to develop this range of pneumatic blowing pumps having an extraordinary ratio between the quantity of consumed and generated air, and to offer the user the possibility to adjust the pressure level and the capacity, based on the pressure of the supply air. Fed by compressed air with a pressure ranging from 1 to 6 bar (g), they can produce a maximum pressure of 0,8 bar (g) and a blowing capacity ranging from 117 to 403 cum/h, measured at the normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar. When designing these new pumps, great consideration was given to noise levels and as they have no moving parts subject to wear and therefore no vibrations, they are extremely quiet in operation. Moreover, as they are based on the Venturi principle, they do not develop any heat. As standard, they are provided with a filterpressure regulator unit for the supply air and with a filter with micro porous cartridge placed on the air supply connection, in order to stop very thin and impalpable powders. The excellent filtering of the compressed air supply and of the sucked air allows to blow in air free from oil vapours, water condensate and impurities between the sheets of paper to be separated and in the working environment, without any problem of pollution. Using light alloys in the manufacture of these pumps, produces a light weight device enabling direct mounting on the machinery. Thanks to their static operation principle, maintenance is limited to simple periodic filter cleaning only.

N.B.: All the values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.08

<

>

[Pneumatic suction and blowing pumps combined PA40100 with PS40100]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 14 1.0 14 2 30 1.5 22

PA 40
3 46 2.0 28 6.2 4 65 2.4 32 5 82 2.8 36 6 90 3.2 40

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 1.0 18 2 0.2 1.5 28

PS 40
3 0.3 2.0 35 6.3 4 0.5 2.4 41 5 0.7 2.8 46 6 0.8 3.2 52

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 14 2.0 25 2 30 3.0 40

PA 70
3 46 4.0 50 6.2 4 65 4.8 56 5 82 5.6 62 6 90 6.4 68

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 2.0 33 2 0.2 3.0 51

PS 70
3 0.3 4.0 65 6.3 4 0.5 4.8 74 5 0.7 5.6 83 6 0.8 6.4 92

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 11 3.0 26 2 28 4.5 52

PA 100
3 45 6.0 68 6.2 -20/+80 4 65 7.2 80 5 82 8.4 89 6 90 9.6 98

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 0.1 3.0 37 2 0.2 4.5 69

PS 100
3 0.3 6.0 90 6.3 -20/+80 4 0.5 7.2 106 5 0.7 8.4 120 6 0.8 9.6 133

N.B.: All the values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.09

<

>

[Pneumatic suction and blowing pumps combined PA140200 with PS140200]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 15 4.0 45 2 35 6.0 80

PA 140
3 55 8.0 105 7.2 4 70 9.6 125 5 85 11.2 140 6 90 12.8 150

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 4.0 59 2 0.2 6.0 101

PS 140
3 0.3 8.0 134 7.3 4 0.5 9.6 160 5 0.7 11.2 180 6 0.8 12.8 196

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 15 5.0 50 2 35 7.5 92

PA 170
3 55 10.0 120 7.2 4 70 12.0 140 5 85 14.0 155 6 90 16.0 170

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 5.0 68 2 0.2 7.5 119

PS 170
3 0.3 10.0 156 7.3 4 0.5 12.0 183 5 0.7 14.0 205 6 0.8 16.0 228

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 15 6.0 60 2 35 9.0 110

PA 200
3 55 12.0 142 7.2 -20/+80 4 75 14.4 170 5 85 16.8 188 6 90 19.2 198

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 0.1 6.0 82 2 0.2 9.0 142

PS 200
3 0.3 12.0 185 7.3 -20/+80 4 0.5 14.4 222 5 0.7 16.8 248 6 0.8 19.2 268

N.B.: All the values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.10

<

>

[Pneumatic suction and blowing pumps combined PA250300 with PS250300]

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 15 7.5 90

PA 250
2 3 35 55 11.2 15.0 130 170 8.1 4 70 18.0 200 5 85 21.0 225 6 90 24.0 250

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg 1 0.1 7,5 117

PS 250
2 3 0.2 0.3 11,2 15,0 170 224 8.2 4 0.5 18,0 265 5 0.7 21,0 300 6 0.8 24,0 336

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum vacuum level Air consumption Vacuum air flow capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) -KPa Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 15 9.0 100

PA 300
2 3 35 55 13.5 18.0 150 200 8.1 -20/+80 4 70 21.6 225 5 85 25.2 250 6 90 28.8 300

Art.
Supply pressure Maximum blowing pressure Air consumption Blow air capacity Weight Working temperature bar (g) bar (g) Nl/s cum/h Kg C 1 0.1 9,0 132

PS 300
2 3 0.2 0.3 13,5 18,0 198 265 8.2 -20/+80 4 0.5 21,6 302 5 0.7 25,2 340 6 0.8 28,8 403

N.B.: All the values shown in the table are valid at normal atmospheric pressure of 1013 mbar (a) and obtained with a constant supply pressure.

[Graphic Division]

10.11

<

>

[Holding supports for pneumatic suction and blowing pumps]

The holding supports shown on this page have been designed to allow a quick assembly of the pneumatic suction and blowing pumps and to easily position them on the machine to be interlocked. They are made with a strong stainless steel plate and are provided with non-slip vibration-damping rubber feet. These holding supports are currently available for both single and combined pneumatic pumps.

Art.
GR DIV 01 GR DIV 02

A
140 284

B
120 132

C
10 10

D
270 270

E
15 15

F
30 30

G
80 224

H
10 10

I
264 264

L
81 81

O
250 250

P
8.5 8.5

Q
45 45

355 170 355 170

[Graphic Division]

10.12

<

>

[Suction filters for pneumatic suction and blowing pumps]

These filters have been developed in order to permit pneumatic suction and blowing pumps working also in very dusty environments. When installed on their suction connections, they are able to stop very thin powders, interfering on the flow capacity in an almost negligible way. Actually, the filtering element is made with special treated paper, with a porosity degree of 57 micron, pleated to increase the filtering surface. The FP filter bowl is made of a transparent plastic and it is screwed to the head, also made of plastic; a gasket placed between the two elements, assures a perfect seal. The head and bowl of the FC filter are manufactured from steel plate with a special painted surface to prevent oxidization. A gasket placed between the head and bowl assures a perfect vacuum seal and the release clamps, placed on the bowl, allow a quick opening of the head to check or replace the filtering element.

Art.
FP 25 FP 30 FC 38 FC 55

d
3/4 1 11/2 2

A
145 145 143 143

B
169 169 105 170

C
26 26 44 80

D
130 130 120 120

Max cap. cum/h


70 100 200 300

For pumps
--PA-PS40 100 PA-PS140200 PA-PS250300

[Graphic Division]

10.13

<

>

[Special vacuum cylinders]

OPERATING PRINCIPLE The cylinders shown on this page work by vacuum. Making vacuum in the cylinders front chamber, the stem, integral to the piston, comes out, thus overcoming the opposing spring force. The piston is pushed by the air at atmospheric pressure that gets into the cylinders rear chamber, through the hollow stem. The larger the pressure differential that is developed between the cylinder front chamber under vacuum and the rear chamber at atmospheric pressure, the larger the piston thrust force. The stem can operate in two ways: 1st Preventing the inlet of atmospheric air through the hole of the stem and with the vacuum connected, the pressure differential in the cylinder is eliminated; in this condition the forces of the opposing spring and of the atmospheric pressure will prevail on the stem itself, consequently it is pushed in its initial position. 2nd By cutting out vacuum, the atmospheric pressure in both cylinder chambers is restored; also in this case, as there is no more pressure differential, the stems returns in its initial position, pushed by the opposing spring only.

Art.
Stroke Thrust force at -KPa 80 Lifting force at -KPa 80 Minimum cycle time Minimum vacuum level Minimum capacity required Working temperature Weight A B C D E F G H I Ch.1 Ch.2 Ch.3 mm Kg Kg sec -KPa Nl/1 C g Hose

25 05 10
17 2.0 0.45 0.3 60 15 580 55 24 M6 M5 M16x1.5 4 39.5 12 4 55.5 19 24 8

25 10 10
25 4.3 1.0 0.4 60 30 580 145 35 G1/8 G1/8 M22x1.5 4 56 16 6 78 27 32 12

25 15 10
30 12.0 2.5 0.6 60 90 580 515 59 M10 G1/4 M40x1.5 4 66 17 9 92 50 55 17

The first way described above is the real operating principle for which the cylinder has been designed. Actually, by assembling a cup on the cylinders hollow stem and making vacuum, the cup will be quickly brought in contact with the object to be taken, will automatically lift it and will keep it as long as vacuum is connected. Thanks to this feature, special vacuum cylinders, combined with the cups, are especially recommended for taking and handling small machined, moulded or thermoformed objects, to separate paper, plastic, or thin plate sheets, etc. and to pick up printed circuits or thin plastic panels. Short and quick cycles, operated by only one vacuum interception valve, automatic compensation of the height of the objects to be taken and no compression on them, non-rotating piston, very simple fixing: these are the real advantages offered by the special vacuum cylinders. Made entirely of anodized aluminium, they are provided with a special self-lubricating bush that assures their long life.

[Graphic Division]

<

>

[Disc cups]

With the exception of some standard rubber discs, these parts are generally produced on customers specifications and for minimum quantities specified in our offers. They can be punched by sheets, or moulded, in nitrile rubber, in natural para rubber, in silicone rubber or in special compounds; they can also be manufactured in linen-faced rubbers or polyurethanes. The above described discs are used in the printing industry, as an alternative to cups, for handing and moving paper,cardboard and plastic sheets.

Art.
01 17 31 01 30 41 01 57 81

D
17 30 57

d
3.5 4.0 8.5

S
0.8 1.5 1.3

[Graphic Division]

10.15

<

>

<<

[ Special products]

11

[Special products]

Degassing devices Instruments for vacuum tests Suction assemblies with syphon filter Pumpsets for suction of liquids

page page page page

11.01 11.02 11.03 11.04

<

>

11

[Degassing devices]

Degassing devices consist of: One or two welded steel plate containers with perfect vacuum seal, provided with covers in transparent plexiglas that can be removed by hand. A lubricated pump with rotating vanes, for high vacuum. One or two vacuum gauges for directly reading the vacuum degree in the container. One or two three-way manual valves, for intercepting vacuum. A switchgear contained in a special protected box. A structural steel frame for assembling all above described components. Inside their tight container, the degassing devices can reach a final vacuum degree of 99,5%. They are suitable for degassing synthetic resins, composite materials, silicone compounds, etc. With small variations and with the aid of insulating or waterproofing resins, they can be used for vacuum-impregnating windings for electric motors, transformers, electric coils, etc. Upon request they can also be supplied in different versions.

Art.
DR 100

Tank Litres
100 100

pump mod.
MV 20A MV 40A MV 20A MV 40A

A
550 550 550 550

B
1250 1250 1800 1800

C
550 550 300 300

D
500 500 500 500

E
715 715 715 715

F
500 500 500 500

G
150 150 150 150

D2R 150

100+50 100+50

[Special products]

11.01

<

>

[Instruments for vacuum tests]

Art.
ATS 05 ATS 20

Hood Litres
5.5 21.5

Pump mod.
VTS 4M VTS 10M

A
300 500

B
900 900

C
250 250

D
200 400

E
360 360

F
180 180

The instruments for vacuum tests consist of: A mobile hood in transparent plexiglas. A supporting surface with gasket. A dry vacuum pump with rotating vanes. Two two-way manual valves, for intercepting vacuum. A vacuum gauge for directly reading the vacuum degree. A small vacuum switch for adjusting the vacuum degree. A switchgear contained in a special protected box. A bent steel plate frame, with anti-vibrating feet, for assembling all above described components. The vacuum degree that can be reached in the hood depends on the pump installed. These instruments have been manufactured in order to test the weldings, that is the holding of cellophane or PVC packagings of snacks or of other foodstuffs. Actually, the package, which is inside the hood, tends to swell due to the pressure difference forming between the air at atmospheric pressure contained inside and the vacuum created by the hood: the higher the vacuum degree reached in the hood, the higher the thrust the air contained in the package exerts on walls and, consequently, on weldings. The test values can be adjusted and repeated automatically. Upon request these units can also be supplied in different versions.

[Special products]

11.02

<

>

[Suction assemblies with syphon filter]

Art.
GA FS 20 GA FS 25 GA FS 30

Cap. Generator A Litres


10.5 19.5 38

art.

E F

L M N O P

R Hose ext.

PVP 25MD 800 130 175 200 25 20 100 410 290 150 25 260 10 145 1/2 8 PVP 50MD 900 150 195 240 25 20 100 510 290 170 30 290 11 180 3/4 8 PVP 75MD 1060 190 225 300 30 20 120 610 330 200 40 330 11 220 1 12

The suction assemblies shown on this page have been manufactured in order to allow to suck fluids which are saturated with condensates or mixed with water. They include all the best features of syphon filters and vacuum generators: actually, syphon filters keep liquids and solid impurities, while the vacuum generator can suck saturated steam fluids or condensate of liquids, without altering its own performances. These units consist of: A standard syphon filter, already described on page 5.05. A vacuum generator operated by compressed air. A pneumatic vacuum switch for adjusting the vacuum degree. A pneumatic valve for feeding the vacuum generator controlled by the vacuum switch. A sleeve valve for intercepting compressed air. The holding of the vacuum degree in the plexiglas container, preset by means of the vacuum switch, is completely automatic. The suction assemblies with syphon filter are suitable for interlocking stirruping systems with cups for taking glasses, marbles, granite, light alloys, and in all cases where there is a considerable presence of refrigerating liquids. They are also recommended for sucking creamy or muddy substances, hard to handle with traditional pumps. The described suction assemblies are fed by compressed air at a pressure of 46 bar only. Upon request they can also be supplied in different versions.

[Special products]

11.03

<

>

[Pumpsets for suction of liquids]

Art.
DVL 150 DVL 300 DVL 500 DVL 1000

Tank. Litres
150 300 500 1000

Generator art.
PVP 75MD PVP 75MD PVP 150MD PVP 300MD

A
780 880 980 1180

B
900 1150 1450 1450

C
700 800 1000 1200

D
400 500 600 800

E
300 300 400 400

F
1600 1890 2220 2480

R
3/8 3/8 1/2 1

1 1220 2 1470 2 1800 3 2000

The function of these pumpsets is to suck liquids and accumulate them inside their own tank. The maximum difference in height that can be passed by the water is approx. 9 meters. They consist of: A big tank in welded steel plate. One vacuum generator operated by compressed air. A vacuum switch for the adjustment of the operative vacuum degree range. A vacuum gauge for directly reading the vacuum degree in the tank. A liquid level window. Two minimum and maximum level magnetic switches. A three-way solenoid valve line for restoring the atmospheric pressure in the tank, with consequent automatic drainage of the accumulated liquid. Two vacuum reducers for adjusting the vacuum degree to the using point. Three manual valves for intercepting vacuum. A switchgear contained in a special protected metal box, for selecting the manual or automatic operation. Pumpsets for the suction of liquids are normally used for extracting the water contained in the filters of washing machines or dishwashers, that is not possible to drain automatically, after testing them. They are also recommended in all cases where it is necessary to transfer very dense liquids, as well as creamy or muddy substances. Upon request they can also be supplied in different versions.

[Special products]

11.04

<

>

CUPS CUP HOLDERS INSTRUM

UM

CU

VA

FO

SE

Membra a grupului:

AN

T T IN FI G

aevcomunicazione.com

E
N TS FO R C VA UU M M EA SU RE M E

NT

Mont Blanc

CH

FI

str. Dacia nr.10, Iasi, RO-700259 Tel: 0232-230 200 Fax: 0232-230 206 www.mont-blanc.ro office@mont-blanc.ro

S ER

E CK I

LT

N G

AN

O TI

UC

AD

J US T

S VE

M EN

L VA

VACUUM VALVES AND SOLENOID

Potrebbero piacerti anche